Skip to main content

Full text of "The little follower of Jesus"

See other formats


s  I 


A  Si 


THE 


FOLLOWER  OF 


BY 


nm      .. 

tP  (T    v 


THE  USW  YORK 

PUBLIC  LIBRARY 


•  * 
• 


• 


• 


• 
•v  v 

f^^f     • 


: 


THE 


, 


Little  Follower  of  Jesus 

—  BY- 
REV.  A.  M.  GRUSSI,  C.PP.  S. 


A   BOOK   FOR    THE  YOUNG   FOLKS, 


BASED  AND  BUILT  ON 


"  The  Following  of  Christ." 


—  BY  — 

THOMAS  A  KEMPIS. 


FIRST  AND  SECOND.  &OOK'. 


Cum  Permissu  Superiorum,       ,     ,      , 


,  V        I 

>    , 


NEW  YORK  : 

P.    J.    K  E  N  E  D  Y, 

Excelsior  Catholic  Pizblishing  House, 
5  BAKCLAY  STKEET. 

1  8~8~9. 


,91524 


COPYRIGHT, 


1889, 


BY  P.  J.  KENEDY. 


<  .  r 


TO 

His  EMINENCE 

itnus 

ARCHBISHOP  or  BALTIMORE, 

s 

THIS  WORK, 

J^ITTLS   FOLLOWER  OF   JESUS, 
is 

MOST   HUMBLY   AND    RESPECTFULLY 
DEDICATED. 

THE  AUTHOR. 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

INTRODUCTORY 7 

The  Little  Follower  of  Jesus 11 

BOOK  FIRST.— The  Road  Laid  Out. 

CHAPTER 

I.  Despise  the  Vanity  of  the  World 17 

II.  Have  a  Humble  Opinion  of  Yourself  21 

III.  The  Doctrine  of  Faith 26 

IV.  Be  Prudent  in  What  You  Do 31 

V.  On  Heading 36 

VI.  Renounce  Inordinate  Affection 41 

VII.  Avoid  Vain  Hope 46 

VIII.   Friendship  and  Undue  Intimacy 51 

IX.   Obedience  and  Subjection 55 

X.  Bridle  your  Tongue 60 

XI.  Progress  in  Spiritual  Life 65 

XII.   Trials  and  Afflictions 70 

XIII.  Resisting  Temptations 76 

XIV.  Rash  Judgment 81 

XV.  Works  Done  out  of  Charity 86 

XVI.   Bearing  the  Faults  of  Others 92 

XVII.  Vocation 98 

XVIII.  Example  of  the  Saints 104 

V 


CONTENTS. 


XIX.  Exercises  of  a  Good  Christian 108 

XX.  Silence  and  Solitude 112 

XXI.   Sorrow  of  Heart 117 

XXII.  Human  Misery 122 

XXIII.  Thoughts  on  Death 127 

XXIV.  Judgment  and  What  Comes  After.  .  .  132 
XXV.  Amend  Your  Life 137 

BOOK  SECOND. -Steps  Towards  Jesus. 
CHAPTER 

I.  Interior  Life 145 

II.  Humble  Submission 149 

III.  A  Peaceful  Disposition 153 

IV.  A  Pure  Mind  and  Simple  Intention..  158 
V.  Self-Consideration 163 

VI.  Joy  of  a  Good  Conscience 167 

VII.  Love  of  Jesus  Above  All  Things.. ,. .   172 

VIII.  Familiar  Friendship  with  Jesus 177 

IX.  Want  of  All  Consolation 182 

X.  Gratitude  for  the  Grace  of  God 188 

XI.  Lovers  of  the  Cross 193 

XII.  The  Eoyal  Way  of  the  Cross 199 

The  Flowers 207 

Angels'  Dialogue  on  New  Year's  Night 214 

The  Legend  of  St.  Christophorus 233 


INTRODUCTORY. 

of  what  I  would  like  to  say,  by  way 
of  introduction,  is  already  contained 
in  that  first  article  under  the  title  of 
the  book— "The  Little  Follower  of  Jesus." 
Here  I  would  add  only  these  few  remarks. 

First :  These  articles  were  begun  about  a 
year  and  a  half  ago,  and  were  printed,  piece 
by  piece,  in  the  Little  Crusader,  the  same  chil- 
dren's paper  that  my  other  stories,  entitled 
Drops  of  Honey,  first  appeared  in.  As  you  will 
notice,  the  work  is  not  yet  complete.  You 
have  here  only  the  First  and  Second  Books. 
It  will  take  me  at  least  two  years  more  to  fin- 
ish the  other  two  books,  the  Third  and 
Fourth.  God  willing,  they  will  be  got  ready 
for  you  by.-and-by.  In  the  meanwhile,  make 
good  use  of  this  part  of  the  work. 

Secondly:  The  whole  of  the  work,  by  the 
time  it  is  completed,  will  make  a  rather  large 
and  thick  book  ;  hence,  I  made  the  publisher 
the  following  proposal :  To  divide  the  whole 
work  into  two  parts,  the  First  and  Second 
Books  of  it  to  be  given  out  in  one  volume,  the 
Third  and  Fourth,  later  on,  in  another.  He 


8  INTRODUCTORY. 


agreed  and  was  very  well  satisfied  ;  and  there- 
fore you  have  now  the  First  Volume  of  the  Lit- 
tle Follower  of  Jesus.  It  is  sent  out  ahead,  to 
prepare  the  way,  so  to  speak,  for  the  Second 
Volume,  which  will  follow  in  about  two  years, 
or  as  much  sooner  as -it  can  be  got  ready. 

Thirdly  :  One  particular  feature  of  this 
work,  which  is  not  mentioned  in  the  first  in- 
troductory article,  and  that  I  wish,  therefore, 
to  call  your  attention  to  here,  is  this  :  I  try, 
in  every  chapter,  to  introduce  a  little  story- 
one  that  has  a  bearing  on  the  subject  treated 
in  that  chapter.  These  stories,  I  trust,  will 
more  fully  awaken  the  interest  of  the  readers, 
and  keep  their  minds  fixed  more  and  better  on 
the  instructions  and  admonitions  that  are 
given.  Most  of  these  stories  are  taken  from 
an  excellent  German  work,  called,  Mehlers 
Seispiele. 

Fourthly  :  This  work,  The  Little  Follower  of 
Jesus,  is  intended  to  be  a  book  of  spiritual 
reading,  particularly  for  the  young  folks. 
How  should  you  use  it,  therefore  ?  Try  to 
read  at  least  one  chapter  every  day.  Before 
you  begin  to  read,  kneel  down  first  and  say  a 
short  prayer  to  the  Holy  Ghost.  Think  that 
God- is  present,  and  that  He  is  about  to  speak 


INTKODUCTOKY.  9 


to  you  from  the  book.  Then  read  the  chapter 
slowly  and  attentively.  When  you  have  fin- 
ished reading,  close  the  book,  and  spend  a 
few  minutes  in  thinking  over  what  you  have 
read.  Do  this,  and  the  book,  with  God's  grace 
and  blessing,  will  be  of  great  benefit  to  your 
souls. 

May  Jesus  bless  us  all ! 


of 


^pyOB  some  time  past,  I  have  been  read- 
ing a  certain  little  book  which,  I  sup- 
pose, many  of  you  know,  or  at  least,  of 
which  you  have  heard — the  golden  book,  as 
it  is  called,  of  The  Following  of  Christ,  by 
Thomas  a  Kempis. 

This  book,  so  full  of  God's  holy  spirit  and 
truth,  has  been,  and  is  still,  a  guide  for  thou- 
sands of  pious  souls  on  the  way  to  sanctity  and 
perfection.  But  for  children  who  have  not 
yet  received  the  full  gift  of  understanding,  and 
who,  therefore,  are  not  able  to  study  over  and 
meditate  on  the  truths  contained  in  this  book, 
I  rather  think  it  is  too  high :  they  cannot 
yet  reach  its  sense  so  as  to  draw  the  precious 
fruit  out  of  it. 

Yet,  a  person,  you  know,  ought  not  to  wait 
till  he  is  grown  up  to  become  a  follower  of* 
Christ.     No  ;  the  earlier  he  begins  with  it,  the 
better.     Jesus,  our  Saviour,  is  the  Model  for 

us  all  to  imitate  ;  and,  indeed,  if  this  divine 

n 


12  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

Model  were  placed  before  the  children  quite 
early,  as  soon  as  their  minds  develop,  and 
they  begin  to  understand — placed  before  them 
in  a  lively  manner,  so  that  they  will  take  in- 
terest in  it,  and  would  thus  be  led  to  study 
the  life  of  their  "Redeemer,  don't  you  think 
a  great  deal  of  good  would  be  done  in  the 
world  by  such  a  work  ?  I  am  sure,  it  would 
soon  help  to  increase  the  number  of  true, 
devout  Christians,  followers  of  Christ. 

Let  us  suppose,  here  is  a  young  man  who  is 
given  to  bad  ways.  He  has  acquired  wicked 
habits,  which  have  already  brought  death  to 
his  soul,  and  which,  maybe,  cause  him  to  be 
a  scandal  to  others,  a  disgrace  to  our  holy  re- 
ligion, and  to  his  name  of  Catholic.  What 
now  ?  Speak  to  him  of  the  following  of 
Christ,  tell  him  to  set  before  himself  for  imi- 
tation the  beautiful  life  of  our  blessed  Re- 
deemer :  what  good  will  it  do?  He  will  not 
even  listen  to  you  ;  and  you  might  as  well 
preach  the  following  of  Christ  to  a  stone  or 
a  |-ree — it  would  do  just  as  much  good.  But, 
had  he  been  trained  to  it  when  he  was  a 
child  ;  had  you  then  set  before  him  for  imita- 
tion the  lovely  model  of  our  Saviour's  life ; 
had  you  then  often  instructed  him,  and  called 


THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS.  13 

his  attention  to  the  beauty  of  virtue  as  repre- 
sented in  the  model ;  had  you  then  kindly 
taken  him  by  the  hand,  and  pointing  to  Jesus 
going  ahead,  led  him  forward  on  the  way  ; 
had  you  done  all  this  then,  when  the  young 
man  was  yet  an  innocent  child,  don't  you 
think  he  might  be  a  good  Christian  now,  lead- 
ing a  pious,  holy  life,  saving  his  own  soul,  and, 
perhaps,  the  souls  of  many  others? 

Oh,  yes  !  It  is  very  important  that  the  chil- 
dren, God's  little  ones,  should  learn  and  be  led 
to  follow  the  foot-steps  of  Jesus  Christ. 
Therefore,  while  reading  the  Following  of 
Christ,  as  I  have  said,  it  occurred  to  me  that, 
maybe,  with  God's  blessing,  I  could  do  some- 
thing for  the  little  ones,  to  benefit  their  souls 
in  this  way.  I  have  studied  the  matter  over 
for  a  long  time  ;  now  I  will  tell  you  what  I 
will  do,  and  how  : 

I  will  take  the  Following  of  Christ,  and  read 
a  chapter  out  of  it ;  then  I  will  close  the  book 
and  meditate  for  a  time  on  what  I  have  read  ; 
then  I  will  sit  down  to  write  a  chapter  for 
you,  my  dear  little  reader  of  the  Crusader.  I 
will  try  to  get  a  chapter  ready  for  you  every 
week  ;  and  it  will  always,  as  near  as  I  can 
make  it,  treat  on  the  same  matter  as  the  cor- 


14  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESl >.. 

responding  chapter  in  the  following  of  CJtrixt. 
The  title  of  each  chapter  shall  remain  the  same, 
excepting  where  I  might  think  it  proper  to 
change  a  word — without  altering  the  sense, 
however — so  that  you  may  more  easily  under- 
stand it.  And  I  will  also  try  to  bring  in  from 
the  -  Following  of  Christ  whatever  is  suitable, 
and  as  well  as  I  can  arrange  it.  For  the  rest,  I 
will  speak  to  you  and  instruct  you  in  my 
own  style  ;  and  I  will  endeavor,  if  possible,  to 
close  each  article  with  a  verse  or  a  few  lines 
from  that  chapter  011  which  I  had  been  writ- 
ing. Now,  this  is  my  plan. 

And,  because  I  intend  to  place  before  you,  in 
as  lively  and  interesting  a  manner  as  lean, 
Jesus,  our  blessed  Saviour,  for  your  imitation, 
and,  at  the  same  time,  to  lead  you  on  and  teach 
you  how  to  follow  Him,  I  will  call  the  whole 
work  "  The  Little  Follower  of  Jesus."  Do  you 
understand  it  all  now  ? 

I  trust  with  God's  help,  if  He  lets  me  live 
and  keeps  me  well,  that  I  can  carry  the  work 
through  and  finish  it.  May  he  bless  my  feeble 
efforts,  and  let  all  be  to  His  honor  and  glory ! 


mock    Jrhrst. 


THE  ROAD  LAID  OUT. 


I. 

Despise  the  Vanity  of  the  World. 

•[Y  child,  there  are  two  roads  before  you. 
On  the  one  you  see  Jesus,  your  Ke- 
deemer,  who  loves  you  so  much.  He 
goes  ahead  of  you,  and  beckons  you  to  follow 
Him.  On  the  other  is  the  world,  which  also 
loves,  or  rather  pretends  to  love  you.  It, 
too,  is  winking,  and  coaxing  you  to  follow  it. 
"  He  that  followeth  Me  walketh  not  in  dark- 
ness," says  Jesus.  u  Come,  follow  me,"  the 
world  says  ;  "  let  us  enjoy  the  good  things 
present."  To  whom  will  you  listen?  Which 
will  you  follow  ? 

A  child  was  once  looking  at  the  rainbow. 
See  !  the  end  of  it  comes  down  way  over  yon- 
der, in  that  field,  where  the  walnut  tree  stands. 
People  told  her  that  if  she  would  go  where  the 
end  of  such  a  rainbow  was,  she  would  find 
something  beautiful — a  costly  treasure.  So, 
now,  she  would  just  run  over  to  the  walnut 
tree,  and  see  what  she  would  find  in  the  end  of 
the  rainbow.  She  hurries  over  ;  and  when  she 
reaches  the  tree,  she  is  tired  and  nearly  out  of 
breath  ;  and  she  looks  around  for  the  treasure. 


18  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

• 

But  the  rainbow  is  gone  ;  and  there  is  no 
treasure,  nor  anything  beautiful  as  she  ex- 
pected. She  is  awfully  disappointed. 

Do  you  know  what  vanity  is  ?  Vanity  means 
something  empty.  If  there  is  anything  you 
think  is  worth  something,  or  you  think  there 
is  something  of  great  worth  in  it,  and  you  find 
out  it  is  not  worth  anything  at  all,  or  there  is 
nothing  at  all  of  worth  in  it,  why,  then,  that 
is  what  we  call  a  vanity. 

Now,  Jesus  invites  you  to  follow  Him  ;  the 
world  coaxes  you  to  follow  it.  Jesus  says, 
He  will  teach  you,  and  give  }^ou  many  good 
things.  But  these  good  things  are  yet  hidden. 
First,  He  wants  you  to  follow  Him  ;  then  He 
will  let  you  taste  these  good  things  by-and-by. 
Jesus,  and  His  Spirit,  and  His  teachings,  and 
the  good  things  He  possesses,  are  all  hidden 
manna.  You  will  find  out  how  sweet  this 
manna  is  only  when  you  have  tasted  it. 

But  you  must  not  turn  away  from  it.  Be- 
cause you  often  hear  about  this  manna,  and 
you  never  see  anything  but  what  looks  poor 
and  insignificant,  you  might  think  there  is 
nothing  in  it,  and  you  might  go  by  and  let  it 
alone,  and  not  care  anything  about  it. 

First  of  all,  Jesus  wants  you  to  be  humble. 


DESPISE  THE  VANITY  OF  THE  WORLD.  19 

Even  if  you  knew  the  whole  Bible  by  heart, 
.and  could  tell  all  the  smart  things  that  the 
great  men  of  the  world  have  said,  your  Sav- 
iour would  not  want  vou  to  be  the  least  bit 

•y 

proud  about  it.  He  says  Himself  :  "  I  resist 
the  proud  ;  but  to  the  humble  I  give  My 
grace."  Therefore,  first  of  all,  if  you  want  to 
be  a  follower  of  Jesus,  and  taste  of  the  hidden 
manna,  you  must  be  humble. 

But  the  world  also  makes  you  promises. 
It  says  :  "  Look  here,  little  one  !  my  goods 
are  not  hidden.  They  are  open  before  you  : 
you  can  see  them,  taste  them,  possess  them.  I 
will  give  you  riches  and  honors,  and  any 
pleasure  and  amusement  you  can  desire.  I 
will  give  you  a  long  life  of  happiness,  real, 
lasting  happiness.  Follow  me,  and  I  can  as- 
sure you,  you  can  always  sing  :  "  I  am  as 
happy  as  a  big  sun-flower ! ' 

Beware,  my  child !  Do  not  listen  to  this 
voice.  What  the  world  promises  you  is  noth- 
ing but  vanity.  It  has  fooled  many  a  one,, 
and  brought  him  into  misery ;  and  he  was 
sorry  for  it  only  when  it  was  too  late.  Listen 
to  Jesus,  and  follow  Him  on  the  road  He  leads 
you.  With  Him  you  will  find  your  true  and 
only  happiness 


LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 


"  Vanity  of  vanities/'  says  Thomas  a  Keni- 
pis,  "  and  all  is  vanity,  but  to  love  God  and 
Him  alone.' 


II, 

Have  a  Humble  Opinion  of  Yourself. 

saint,  I  believe  it  was  St.  Philip 
Neri,  heard  a  certain  Sister  praised  very 
highly  for  her  virtues.  People  said  she 
was  a  real  saint  ;  and  the  fame  of  her  holiness 
was  spreading  all  around.  St.  Philip  wanted 
to  find  out  how  much  truth  there  was  in  the 
reported  sanctity  of  this  person  ;  he  wanted  to 
try  her  virtue.  What  did  he  do  ? 

mJ 

He  put  on  old,  patched  clothes,  an  old  crum- 
pled hat,  and  a  pair  of  torn  boots — sure,  he 
looked  like  a  real  beggar,  and  nobody  would 
have  the  least  idea  that  this  was  St.  Philip- 
and  in  that  guise  he  started  off  to  visit  the 
Sister  whose  holiness  he  heard  people  praise 
so  much.  Before  he  came  to  the  convent,  he 
took  care  to  wade  through  a  mud  puddle,  to 
dirty  his  boots,  and  thus  to  give  them  a  worse 
appearance  than  they  already  had. 

When  the  portress  opened  the  door  and 
asked  what  he  wanted,  he  told  her  he  wished 
to  see  that  Sister  about  whose  virtues  and 
sanctity  people  were  talking  so  much,  that  he 
had  something  particular  to  say,  about  which 


21 


THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 


he  wanted  lier  counsel.     Accordingly,  the  nun 
was  called. 

"  Poor  man  !  what  can  I  do  for  you  ?  '  she 
asked. 

"Would    you,    please,    just    pull    off    my 
boots  ?  '    St.  Philip  asked  in  return. 

"  What,  you  beggar  !  I  pull  off  your  boots  ? 
Get  out  of  here  as  fast  as  you  can  !  '  and  she 
left  the  "  beggar  '  and  went  out  of  the  room, 
not  a  little  angry. 

"  Aha  !  well  !  '  thought  the  Saint  to  himself, 
"  the  sanctity  of  this  Sister  is  not  so  very  deep. 
The  foundation  is  wanting.  She  is  not  humble." 

Do  you  see  now,  my  child  ?  I  told  }rou  the 
last  time  that,  if  you  want  to  be  a  true  follow- 
er of  Jesus,  first  of  all,  be  humble.  But  to  be 
or  to  become  humble  is  not  so  easy.  The  vir- 
tue of  humility  can  be  more  easily  talked  about 
than  acquired.  Yet  it  is  true,  and  you  can  see 
it  from  what  I  have  told  you  about  St.  Philip 
and  the  nun,  that  without  humility  you  cannot 
become  holy,  you  cannot  become  a  true  follow- 
er of  Jesus. 

Now,  then,  what  will  you  begin  with  ?  You 
want  to  become  humble,  for  you  want  to  be  a 
follower  of  Jesus.  First,  you  must  always 
have  a  humble  opinion  of  yourself.  And  how 


HAVE  AN  HUMBLE  OPINION  OF  YOURSELF.     23 

can  you  get  it  ?  Jesus  will  help  you  to  it ;  just 
ask  Him  for  grace.  But  you  must  also  think 
over  the  matter  yourself.  Study  and  try  to 
find  out  how  much  you  are  worth.  If  you 
find  out  that,  as  to  your  body,  you  are  worth 
nothing,  it  will  not  be  hard  for  you  to  get  a 
humble  opinion  of  yourself. 

I  said,  as  to  your  body  ;  for  if  we  regard  your 
soul,  you  have  an  infinite  worth.  "And  what 
are  you  as  to  your  body  ? 

Kemember,  I  pray  you,  first,  that  whatever 
gift  you  think  you  have,  you  received  from 
God.  Your  body  itself  comes  from  God  ;  He 
created  it  for  you,  body  and  soul.  If  you  think 
you  ha^ve  lovely  eyes,  a  fair  complexion,  fine 
hair,  and  so  on,  do  not  forget  that  they  come 
from  God.  You  gave  nothing  to  yourself: 
God  gave  it  all  to  you.  He  might  have  created 
you  without  these  fair  gifts,  and  he  can  take 
them  from  you  at  any  moment,  if  he  wants  to. 
And  after  all,  what  will  the  fair  gifts  of  the 
body  that  you  possess  be  reduced  to  in  the 
end  ?  To  worms  and  ashes  !  Think  of  it. 
Therefore,  the  fair  complexion  you  would 
some  times  be  proud  of  is  only  a  covering  for 
worms  and  ashes. 

And  what  about  your  mental  gifts  ?    Maybe 


THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 


you  have  good  talent  ;  you  can  easily  beat 
others  in  learning.  And  you  will  learn  many 
things,  till  you  are  grown  up.  Perhaps  you 
will  be,  some  day.  what  we  call  a  philosopher  : 
you  will  know  wonderful  things  about  the 
stars,  and  the  animals,  and  the  plants,  and 
many  other  things  ;  and  people  will  praise  you 
for  your  knowledge.  But  ask  yourself  :  Who 
gave  me  the  talent  to  learn  ?  "Was  it  not  God  ? 
I  did  not  give  it  to  myself.  And  God  can  take 
it  from  me  at  any  moment.  What  reason  have 
I,  therefore,  to  be  proud  ? 

You  cannot  do  even  the  least  good  work 
without  God's  grace  helping  you.  All  that  you 
can  do  —  ah!  yes,  and  haven't  we  all  done  it  so 
many,  many  times  ?  —  without  His  aid,  is  to 
offend  him  by  committing  sin.  Is  that  some- 
thing to  be  proud  of  ?  Then,  it  should  not  be 
hard  for  you  to  have  a  humble  opinion  of  your- 
self. 

And  never  think  yourself  better  than  an- 
other. That  boy  or  girl  may  have  fewer  bodily 
gifts  than  you  have,  but  just  for  that  very 
reason  he  or  she  may  be  more  pleasing  to  God 
than  you  are.  Never  despise  one  that  you 
know  is  a  sinner.  He  may  be  converted  and 
become  a  saint  ;  aud  you  may  become  worse 


HATE  AK  HUMBLE  OPI^IOK  OF  YOURSELF.      25 


than  lie  is  and  be  lost.  "  To  think  nothing  of 
ourselves,"  The  Following  of  Christ  says,  "  and 
always  to  judge  well  and  highly  of  others,  is 
great  wisdom  and  high  perfection." 


III. 

The  Doctrine  of  Truth. 

SUPPOSE  you  are  going  to  school,  and 
you  are  learning  to  read  and  to  write. 
In  course  of  time,  if  you  persevere,  you 
will  learn  many  more  good  and  useful  things. 
Maybe  you  are  even  now  studying  arithmetic 
and  geography,  grammar  and  book-keeping, 
natural  philosophy,  and  some  such  useful 
branches.  This  is  all  very  good  ;  and  certain- 
ly it  is  God's  will  that  you  should  learn  such 
things.  He  has  given  you  a  good  talent  to 
learn,  and  He  wants  you  to  use  it. 

But  you  have  never  read  what  Thomas  a 
Kempis  says.  Here  are  the  words  :  "  Knowl- 
edge is  not  to  be  blamed,  nor  simple  acquaint- 
ance with  things,  which  is,  all  good  in  itself 
and  ordained  by  God ;  but  a  good  consci- 
ence and  a  virtuous  life  are  always  to  be  pre- 
ferred." 

Do  you  see  ?  All  the  learning  you  may  have 
or  get,  and  let  it  be  ever  so  big  a  heap,  unless 
it  helps  you  to  lead  a  good  life,  will  do  you  no 
good.  The  more  you  have  learned,  the  greater 
will  be  the  account  you  must  give  to  God  one 


26 


THE  DOCTEIXE  OF  TRUTH.  27 

clay.  So,  then,  go  ahead  and  learn  all  you  can, 
and  ask  God  to  help  you  and  to  keep  you  from 
learning  what  would  not  be  good  for  you. 
You  may  need  all  you  can  learn  now  some  fu- 
ture time,  when  you  have  entered  the  position 
or  state  of  life  that  God  has  called  3^011  to. 
But — here  comes  a  but — you  must  not  forget. 
You  must  also  learn  to  become  humble,  obedi- 
ent, kind,  patient,  pure,  and  holy  ;  you  must 
learn  to  pray  and  to  love  God  and  your  neigh- 
bor ;  in  short,  you  must  learn  to  become  a  true 
follower  of  Jesus.  Yes,  and  this  is  just  the 
principal  thing  you  must  learn.  If  you  have 
not  learned  this — to  become  a  true  follower  of 
Jesus — all  the  rest  that  you  have  learned  can 
help  you  nothing. 

Now,  who  will  teach  you  ?  Do  you  think 
you  can  learn  this  science — the  science  of  the 
saints  it  is  called — from  books  ?  Certainly, 
there  are  books  which  give  you  instructions 
how  to  become  a  follower  of  Jesus.  But  you 
must  have  a  teacher  :  and  your  Teacher  is 
Jesus  Himself. 

Jesus  is  the  eternal  Truth.  He  says  :  "  I 
am  the  Way,  the  Truth,  and  the  Life."  He 
will  speak  to  you  and  instruct  you  ;  He  will 
teach  you  how  to  become  a  true  follower  of 


28  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

His — liow  to  become  a  saint.  Just  you  listen 
to  Him,  and  do  what  He  tells  you. 

Sometimes  He  speaks  through  your  father 
and  mother,  through  your  teacher  and  through 
the  priest.  When  they  tell  3^011  something  that 
you  should  do  or  not  do,  it  is  just  as  much  as 
if  Jesus  Himself  tells  you  :  "  He  that  hears 
you,  hears  Me; "  and  He  also  said:  a  He  that 
despises  jou,  despises  Me." 

Sometimes  Jesus  speaks  to  you  Himself.   You 
cannot  hear  His  voice  with   the  ears  of  your 

«/ 

body  ;  but  you  can  hear  it  in  your  heart.  He 
will  open  your  mind  and  give  you  clear 
thoughts  ;  and  He  will  touch  your  heart  and 
move  you  to  do  His  will.  You  will  learn  to 
know  Jesus  better,  His  goodness,  His  infinite 
love  for  you,  and  what  is  His  holy  will.  And 
you  may  learn  it  this  way  better  than  if  you 
should  study  the  best  of  books. 

Especially,  the  more  humble  you  are,  the 
more  Jesus  will  love  you,  and  the  more  He  will 
reveal  Himself  to  you  and  teach  you.  You 
know  what  the  Blessed  Virgin  sang?  "He 
hath  regarded  the  humility  of  His  handmaid  ; 
for,  behold,  from  henceforth,  all  generations 
shall  call  me  blessed." 

Yes,  even  though  you  could  not  read  a  single 


THE  DOCTRINE  OP  TEUTH.  29' 

word,  could  not  even  spell,  you  could  learn 
more  of  Jesus  and  how  to  be  His  devoted  fol- 
lower, than  the  smartest,  most  learned  man  in 
the  world.  Have  a  humble  heart,  and  have  a 
desire,  a  burning  desire,  to  learn  God's  truth  : 
Jesus  Himself,  the  eternal  Truth,  will  teach 
you. 

Did  you  ever  hear  the  story  about  St.  Bo- 
naventure  and  Brother  Giles  ?  This  Brother 
had  no  learning  at  all ;  but  he  was  very  hum- 
ble, child-like,  and  good-hearted.  One  day  he 
said  to  St.  Bonaventure  : 

"  My  reverend  Father,  you  are  very  happy  ; 
you  learned  theologians  can  love  God  much 
more  than  we  can,  and  work  out  your  salvation 
much  more  easily." 

"  You  are  mistaken,  Brother  Giles  ;  for,  with 
the  assistance  of  grace,  every  one  can  love  God 
as  much  as  he  will !  ' 

"  What !  '  exclaimed  the  good  monk,  "  poor 
ignorant  creatures,  who  can  neither  read  nor 
write,  can  love  God  as  perfectly  as  those  who 
have  made  studies  ?  ' 

"  Why,  certainly  they  can  ;  and,  moreover,  a 
poor  peasant  may  sometimes  love  God  more 
than  a  learned  theologian." 

At   these   words  good  Brother  Giles  feels 


30  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OP  JESUS. 

himself  transported  with  joy,  and  runs  to  the 
garden,  opens  the  door  that  leads  to  the  street, 
and  begins  to  cry  out  as  loud  as  he  can : 

Halloo  !  poor  people,  halloo  !  good  women 
who  can  neither  read  nor  write,  come  and  hear 
the  good  news  :  If  you  choose,  you  can  love 
the  good  God  as  much  as  any  theologian,  and 
even  as  much  as  our  reverend  Father  Bonaveii- 
ture  !  " 

Here,  for  the  conclusion,  is  a  passage  from 
The  Following  of  Christ  : 

"  The  more  a  man  is  united  within  himself, 
and  interiorly  simple,  so  much  the  more  and 
deeper  things  doth  he  understand  without 
labor ;  for  he  receiveth  the  light  of  under- 
standing from  on  high." 


IV. 
Be  Prudent  in  What  You  Do. 

TEAM  of  horses,  that  had  been  tied  to  a 
hitching-post  before  a  tavern,  broke 
loose  and  ran  away.  The  wagon  was 
broken,  the  harness  torn,  and  the  horses  them- 
selves were  hurt.  Why  did  they  run  away  ? 
and  why  did  they  cause  such  a  damage  ?  A 
man  came  riding  along  on  a  bicycle  ;  and  that 
scared  them.  But  that  little  scaring  they  got 
would  not  have  caused  any  further  damage,  if 
the  driver  had  been  on  the  wagon  to  take  care 
of  his  horses  and  to  manage  them.  Where 
was  the  driver  ?  He  had  stepped  into  the 
tavern  to  cool  himself  off,  and  to -get  a  lunch. 
So  you  see,  the  whole  mishap,  and  the  damage 
caused  by  it,  came  because  the  driver  was  not 
on  the  wagon  to  guide  the  horses. 

Now,  my  child,  to  be  a  true  follower  of 
Jesus,  it  is  necessary  that  you  should  be  pru- 
dent. Do  you  know  what  prudence  is  ?  As 
often  as  you  want  to  say  or  do  something,  and 
before  you  do  it,  you  consider  well  what  would 
be  the  best  way  of  saying  or  doing  it,  that  is, 
the  way  it  would  be  the  most  pleasing  to  God, 

31 


THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 


and  most  beneficial  to  yourself  and  to  your 
neighbor  ;  then  you  will  try  to  say  or  do  it 
that  way,  so  as  to  remain  in  peace  with  your- 
self and  with  your  neighbor.  That  is  about 
what  is  meant  by  being  prudent. 

Prudence  is  a  great  virtue.  It  is  a  moral 
virtue,  and  that  is,  it  adorns  our  souls  and 
gives  beauty  to  our  lives.  It  is  one  of  the 
cardinal  virtues.  Cardinal  comes  from  the 
Latin  word  "  cardo,"  which  means  hinge.  Just 
as  the  door  rests  on  the  hinges  and  turns  on 
them,  just  so,  also,  must  our  lives  and  the 
virtues  we  strive  to  practise  rest  and,  so  to 
say,  turn  on  the  cardinal  virtues,  one  of  which 
is  prudence. 

You  must,  therefore,  be  prudent  in  all  that 
you  say,  and  in  all  that  you  do.  Without 
prudence  you  cannot  exercise  any  other  virtue 
as  it  ought  to  be  ;  you  cannot  lead  a  holy  life, 
such  as  God  wants  you  to  lead.  St.  Bernard 
calls  prudence  "  the  driver  of  the  other  vir- 
tues." Just  as  I  told  you  above  about  those 
horses  :  they  ran  away,  broke  the  wagon,  tore 
the  harness,  and  hurt  themselves,  because  the 
driver  was  not  there  to  guide  them  ;  so  you 
will  be  apt  to  run  into  fatal  mistakes  with  all 
the  virtues  you  may  have  or  may  be  trying  to 


BE  PRUDEXT  IX  WHAT  YOU  DO.  33 

,     —  , ••« 

practise — you  may  bring  yourself,  your  pre- 
cious soul  to  ruin — if  you  have  not  the  virtue  of 
prudence  to  guide  you. 

Yes,  indeed,  my  child,  it  is  very  important 
that  you  should  have  this  virtue  of  prudence. 
What  must  you  do  to  acquire  it  ? 

First,  you  must  pray  earnestly  for  it.  It  is, 
partly  at  least,  a  gift  that  Jesus  can  give  you. 
But  He  gives  this  gift,  as  He  gives  all  others, 
only  to  those  who  are  humble.  He  says  :  "I 
confess  to  Thee,  Father,  Lord  of  heaven  and 
earth,  because  Thou  hast  hid  these  things 
from  the  wise  and  prudent,  and  hast  revealed 
them  to  little  ones." 

Secondly,  y'ou  must  have  a  true  love  for  God 
and  for  your  neighbor  ;  and  for  this,  certainly, 
you  must  pray  always  and  earnestly.  The 
more  you  love  God,  the  more  pains  you  will 
take  to  consider,  before  you  say  or  do  any- 
thing, what  would  be  most  pleasing  to  Him. 
And  the  more  truly  you  love  your  neighbor, 
ihe  more  you  will  try  to  say  or  do  things  so 
that  they  will  do  him  most  good,  and  avoid 
what  could  offend  him.  And  if,  nevertheless, 
by  anything  you  have  said  or  done,  your  neigh- 
bor should  be  offended,  even  against  your  will 
and  when  you  cannot  help  it,  the  humility  that 


34  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

is  in  your  heart  will  help  you  to  bear  his  re- 
proaches arid  hard  words  patiently,  and  by 
kindness  to  gain  him  and  to  restore  the  peace 
that  has  been  broken  between  you.  Truly,  a 
heart  that  is  humble  and  loves  God  is  a  pru- 
dent heart  and  enjoys  constant  peace  and 
happiness. 

Well,  what  would  you  do  if  you  had  this 
virtue  of  prudence  ?  You  would  not  so  easily 
believe  the  bad  that  is  spoken  to  you  about 
others.  You  would  think  :  "  There  is  nobody 
that  has  so  many  faults  as  I  have  myself." 
And  therefore  you  would  rather  close  your 
eyes  against  the  faults  of  others,  and  only  try 
to  see  the  good  that  is  in  them:  Much  less 
would  you  play  the  tell-tale,  that  is,  carry  to 
others  what  you  have  heard  or  seen,  and 
you  think  is  bad.  That  is  imprudence,  first- 
class — and  sin. 

Another  thing :  You  would  not  want  to 
know  everything  best  yourself,  and  think  there 
is  nobody  ahead  of  you,  and  smarter  than  you 
are.  You  would,  on  the  contrary,  distrust 
yourself  ;  you  would  ask  the  advice  of  others, 
and  be  guided  by  it. 

Here  are  a  few  words  from  The  Follou'lng  of 
Christ,  well  worth  remembering  :  "  The  more 


BE  PRUDENT  IX  WHAT  YOU  DO. 


35 


humble  one  is  in  heart,  and  the  more  in  sub- 
jection to  God,  so  much  the  more  prudent  will 
he  be  in  all  things,  and  the  more  at  peace." 


V. 

On  Reading. 

OW,  I  know  you  are  only  yet  a  little 
child,  maybe  just  beginning  to  go  to 
school ;  or,  supposing  even  3*011  have 
been  going  to  school  already  for  several 
years,  yet  you  are  hardly  old  enough  to  be  al- 
lowed to  read  the  Holy  Scriptures.  When 
you  are  older,  and  you  can  better  understand, 
then  nobody  will  forbid  you  to  read  the  Bible. 
You  will  even  be  admonished  to  do  so — to 
read  the  Catholic  Bible,  and  to  study  it,  and 
to  draw  all  the  fruit  from,  it  that  3*011  can  for 
your  soul. 

I  suppose  your  parents  have  a  Bible  at 
home?  Aia3rbe  it  is  a  fine,  large  book,  and 
has  man37  beautiful  pictures  in  it ;  and  your 
parents  allow  jon  sometimes  to  take  the  book, 
and  go  through  it,  and  look  at  the  pictures. 
Well,  remember,  the  Bible  is  the  holy  word  of 
God.  It  tells  3rou  about  Jesus,  and  how  3*011 
are  to  become  His  disciple  and  follower.  It 
is,  therefore,  a  most  holy  book  ;  and  3*011  must 
take  care  to  handle  it  with  the  greatest  and 
deepest  respect.  St.  Charles  Borromeo,  I  be- 


3? 


lieve,  it  was,  this  great  saint  in  the  Catholic 
Church,  that  always,  in  humility  and  out  of  re- 
spect, opened  and  read  the  Holy  Scriptures 
kneeling.  But,  in  the  meantime,  study  your 
Bible  history  well,  and  thus  prepare  yourself 
to  read  the  Bible  when  you  are  older. 

But  there  are  other  good  books,  and  papers 
also,  easier  than  the  Bible,  that  you  may  and 
should  read,  even  now,  while  you  are  yet  a 
child.  You  do  not  need  to  wait  till  you  are 
grown  up  and  have  a  better  understanding. 
It  is  even  very  important  that  you  should  ac- 
quire a  relish  and  love  for  good  reading  while 
you  are  young,  living  in  the  days  of  your 
childhood.  Why  ? 

You  want  to  become  a  follower  of  Jesiis 
while  you  are  yet  young ;  you  do  not  want  to 
wait  till  you  are  old,  do  you  ?  You  have  been 
told  already  that  it  is  Jesus  Himself  who  will 
teach  you  how  to  become  His  follower.  One 
way  that  he  teaches  you,  is  :  He  speaks  to 
you  through  good  books  and  papers.  But  you 
cannot  hear  Him  speak  if  you  do  not  read 
those  books  and  papers,  or  somebody  else  does 
not  read  them  to  you. 

There  are  many  good  books  printed,  and 
quite  a  number  of  excellent,  little  story  papers 


38  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

given  out,  any  of  which  would  be  very  good  and 
just  suitable  for  you.  I  trust,  your  parents 
have  already  bought  several  such  books  for 
you,  and  they  are  getting  at  least  one  such 
paper.  If  they  have  not,  why,  then  you  must 
ask  them  to  do  so.  Sure,  if  you  tell  them  you 
want  to  become  a  follower  of  Jesus,  they  will 
buy  you  some  good  books,  and  get  you  a  good 
little  paper.  But  what  use  to  make  of  your 
books  and  paper?  That  is  the  next  ques- 
tion. 

Here  are  a  few  rules  :  First,  always  have 
a  good  intention  when  you  read.  You  should 
read  for  God's  honor,  and  for  the  welfare  of 
*your  soul,  and  not  read  merely  out  of  curiosi- 
ty and  to  while  away  the  time.  Secondly, 
you  must  have  more  regard  for  what  you  are 
reading,  that  is,  for  the  truth  of  what  is  said, 
than  for  the  person  who  wrote  it,  or  the  way 
in  which  it  is  said.  Do  as  Tlte  Folloicing  of 
Christ  directs  :  "  Inquire  not  who  may  have 
said  ii  thing,  but  consider  what  is  said." 
Thirdly,  do  not  let  the  reading  hinder  you  in 
doing  something  else  that  is  your  duty. 
"  Katie,"  a  mother  said  to  her  daughter, 
"take  out  this  feed  to  the  chickens."  "  Oh, 
ma,  wait  a  minute,  till  I  have  finished  reading 


OK  BEADING.  39 


this  story,"  said  the  little  girl.  Do  you  see  ? 
That  was  wrong.  This  girl  should  have  put 
her  book  or  paper  away  immediately,  and  done 
what  her  mother  wanted  her  to  do.  Obedi- 
ence goes  above  everything  else. 

Fourthly,  do  not  be  too  greedy.  A  boy  was 
reading  a  story-book,  and  he  staid  up  late, 
and  kept  on  reading  and  reading,  and  his  par- 
ents could  hardly  get  him  to  go  to  bed.  And 
then  he  neglected  to  get  his  lessons  for  school, 
and  he  did  not  say  his  night  prayers  half  well 
enough,  and  he  even  dreamed  about  what  he 
had  read.  You  know  well  enough,  such  read- 
ing is  wrong. 

Lastly,  never  read  what  is  bad.  Do  not  try 
to  smuggle  books  or  papers  into  the  house, 
and  read  them  privately,  when  you  know  it  is 
a  sin  for  you  to  read  them,  and  your  parents 
would  burn  them  if  they  knew  you  had  them, 
and  they  could  get  hold  of  them ;  and  they 
would  punish  you,  besides.  "  Tell  me,"  says 
St.  Chrysostom,  "  what  sort  of  company  a  per- 
son goes  into,  and  I  will  tell  you  what  sort  of 
a  person  he  is,  because  he  is  sure  to  be  like 
the  company  he  keeps."  Books  and  papers 
are  company,  too,  are  they  not  ? 

"  If  thou  wilt  derive  profit,"  -words  from 


THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 


Thomas  a  Kempis, — "  read  with  humility, 
with  simplicity,  and  with  faith,  and  never  wish 
to  have  the  name  of  learning." 


VI. 
Renounce  Inordinate  Affections. 

what  Jesus,  our  Master,  says:  "  If 
any  man  will  come  after  Me,  let  him 
deny  himself,  and  take  up  his  cross,  and 
follow  Me."  And  again,  "  Take  up  my  yoke 
upon  you,  and  learn  of  Me,  because  I  am  meek 
and  humble  of  heart;  and  you  shall  find  rest 
to  your  souls."  Yes,  my  dear  child,  little  fol- 
lower of  Jesus,  this  is  a  lesson  for  you — and, 
indeed,  for  us  all.  If  we  wish  to  follow  our 
Saviour,  we  must  deny  ourselves,  renounce  our 
passions,  inordinate  desires,  and  affections. 
But  what  does  this  mean  ? 

A  boy  was  once  riding  a  young  horse.  The 
horse  was  proud  and  wild,  and  not  yet  fully 
broken.  You  know  how  such  an  animal  will 
act  when  there  is  somebody  on  his  back  riding 
him.  So  this  horse,  too,  would  throw  up  his 
head,  and  then  bend  it  stubbornly;  he  would 
take  a  start  as  if  to  run;  and  then,  again,  he 
would  stop,  and  go  a  few  steps  back,  and  turn 
crossways  on  the  road. 

But  the  boy  was  not  afraid  :  he  had  courage. 
He  sat  firm  in  the  saddle;  the  horse  could  not 


41 


42  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

throw  him  off.  With  a  steady  hand  he  held 
the  bridle  reins ;  the  horse  could  not  break 
through  an*d  run  away  with  him.  Young,  and 
big,  and  stout  as  the  horse  was,  he  felt  that  the 
boy  was  his  master,  and  he  had  to  let  himself 
be  governed.  So  you  see,  by  his  firm  will,  and 
steady  determination,  and  undaunted  courage, 
this  boy  mastered  and  even  tamed  the  young, 
wild  horse,  that  was,  maybe,  four  times  as 
large,  and  more  than  four  times  as  strong  as 
he  was. 

Now  you  can  more  easily  understand,  I 
suppose.  There  are  different  kinds  of  affec- 
tions, and  desires,  and  passions  in  our  hearts; 
and  they  are  called  inordinate  when  they  are 
opposed  to  reason — common  sense — and  to  the 
law  of  God.  They  are,  therefore,  bad  ;  and  if 
we  are  not  on  our  guard,  they  will  mislead  us, 
and  bring  us  into  sin.  To  preserve  ourselves 
from  ruin,  we  must  let  God's  grace  and  our 
own  reason  and  conscience  hold  the  reins 
tightly  on  us:  we  must  govern  ourselves,  check 
our  evil  inclinations,  overcome  our  passions, 
and  thus  avoid  sin.  That  is  what  is  meant  by 
"  renouncing  our  inordinate  affections,  denying 
ourselves,  and  following  Christ." 

What  do  you  think  ?      Quite  a  difficult  task, 


RENOUNCE  INORDINATE  AFFECTIONS.  43 

isn't  it  ?  A  continual  warfare ;  a  lifelong 
struggle.  All,  yes;  but  this  life  battle  against 
ourselves  is  a  most  glorious  thing,  and,  if  per- 
severed in  faithfully  to  the  end,  will  bring  us  a 
great  reward.  You  cannot  be  a  follower  .pf 
Jesus  unless  you  undertake  this  life  struggle 
against  yourself.  Open  the  "  Lives  of  the 
Saints,"  and  point  out  to  me,  if  you  can,  one 
saint  who  did  not  fight  this  battle — denying 
himself,  renouncing  his  inordinate  affections, 
taking  up  his  cross  and  following  Jesus. 

Well,  then,  what  must  you  do  ?  First,  you 
must  learn  to  know  yourself.  You  cannot  re- 
nounce your  inordinate  affections  and  evil  pas- 
sions if  you  do  not  know  them.  Therefore, 
you  ought  to  examine  yourself  every  day  ;  and 
because,  maybe,  you  could  not,  after  all  your 
examining,  find  out  your  evil  inclinations,  pas- 
sions, and  bad  habits  yourself,  it  would  be 
well  to  get  your  parents,  or  those  who  take 
your  parents'  place,  to  help  you.  Ask  them, 
and  they  will  tell  you  ;  for  they  know — or,  at 
least,  ought  to  know — what  bad  traits  you  have. 
Let  us  suppose  you  have  a  hasty  temper. 
You  get  angry  at  every  little  thing  ;  and  then 
you  say  harsh  words,  and  you  quarrel  and  call 
names  ;  and,  maybe,  you  will  even  strike  your 


44  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

brother,  or  sister,  or  playmate,  and  push  them 
away  from  you.  Do  you  see  ?  This  is  one 
little  enemy  already  that  you  must  fight  with 
and  subdue — your  evil  temper. 

Or  }TOU  have  too  fine  and  too  great  an  ap- 
petite for  eating  and  drinking.  You  frequently 
take  too  much.  More  than  once  you  got  sick 
from  eating  half-ripe  fruit  and  berries.  You 
always  ask  for  dainties  ;  and  what  does  not 
suit  your  taste,  you  let  stand  and  will  not 
touch.  You  also  got  into  the  habit  of  taking 
things  on  the  sly — sugar,  cakes,  jelly,  and  so 
on.  "  Johnny,"  a  mother  once  asked  her  little 

«/   * 

son,  "  did  you  take  the  piece  out  of  this  pie  ?  ' 
"  No,  ma'am."  "  Then,  how  did  this  hole  get 
into  the  pie  ?  '  "  Oh  ! '  said  Johnny,  drawing 
his  sleeve  across  his  face,  "  I  s'pose  it  got 
'  wore  '  in."  So  tins  inordinate  appetite  is 
another  enemy  you  must  overcome  ;  and  I 
know  he  will  give  you  enough  to  do. 

I  might  go  on  and  count  up  for  you  a  great 
many  more  of  such  enemies,  as  pride,  self-will, 
deceit,  envy,  laziness,  and  so  on. 

Undoubtedly,  pride  and  anger  are  our  great- 
est enemies,  and  the  hardest  to  subdue.  There- 
fore, Jesus  says  :  "  Learn  of  Me,  because  I  am 
meek  and  humble." 


RENOUNCE  INORDINATE  AFFECTIONS.          45 

Set  to  work  earnestly,  now.  Find  out  what 
are  the  evil  inclinations  and  passions  in  your 
heart,  and  then  say  with  a  firln  will:  "  Out 
with  them  !  Jesus,  help  me  ! ' 

"  It  is  by  resisting  the  passions,"  says 
Thomas  a  Kempis,  "  and  not  by  serving  them, 
that  true  peace  of  the  heart  is  to  be  found." 


VII. 
Avoid  Vain  Hope. 

|p  LITTLE  boy,  once,  just  for  fun,  wanted 
!ll|  to  build  himself  a  play  house.  His 
father  had  bought  several  hundred 
bricks  to  erect  a  chimney,  and  they  were 
piled  up  out  in  the  yard.  The  boy  set  the 
bricks  one  against  the  other  ;  and  then  an- 
other row  on  top  of  the  first,  and  so  on,  until 
he  thought  his  house  was  about  high  enough. 
He  also  divided  it  off  into  several  rooms,  by 
putting  bricks  in  between,  for  partitions.  For 
the  roof,  he  set  up  the  bricks  on  ends,  and 
made  them  lean  over  from  both  sides,  until 
they  came  together,  and  rested  against  each 
other  at  the  top.  With  that  he  had  his  house 
finished.  What  happened  ?  Fox  comes  run- 
ning up — Fox  is  the  name  of  their  dog — and 
he  brushes  against  the  house  and  knocks  it 
down.  Just  imagine  how  angry  the  little  boy 
got.  "  You  old,  nasty  dog ! '  he  exclaimed. 
"  You  must  just  come  along  and  knock  down 
my  house.  Go  away  and  let  me  alone  ! 

You  are  yet  only  a  child,  a  little  boy  or  girl ; 
but,  perhaps,  you  parents  are  already  making 


AVOID  VAIX  HOPE.  47 

great  plans  about  you.  They  intend  you  to 
become  tins  or  that ;  and  they  will  educate 
you  so,  and  give  you  such  a  schooling,  that 
you  may  once  make  a  fair  show  in  the  world. 

You  are  too  young  yet  to  make  any,  or  very 
many,  plans  yourself.  You  leave  everthing  to 
your  parents,  and  to  those  who  are  older  than 
you.  It  is  something  very  beautiful,  very 
touching,  to  see  how  simple  and  artless  chil- 
dren are.  They  know  nothing  about  them- 
selves ;  and  they  can  do  almost  nothing,  they 
are  so  little  ;  and  therefore  they  trust  their 
parents,  and  those  who  are  older  and  grown 
up,  in  everything  ;  they  believe  what  they  hear 
them  say,  and  try  to  imitate  what  they  see 
them  do.  Such  a  little  child  is  like  the  ivv 

b 

that  clings  to  the  thick,  stout  oak-tree. 

But  when  you  get  older,  you  will  begin  to 
make  plans  for  yourself.  You  will  make  your- 
self a  great  name  in  the  world.  You  will  try 
to  become  rich  ;  you  will  strive  to  become  a 
great  statesman,  or  a  poet,  or  a  philosopher, 
or  gain  renown  in  some  other  of  the  many 
ways.  To  make  your  way  thus  in  the  world, 
you  will  rely  greatly  on  your  own  genius  and 
ability.  You  will  also  ask  advice  of  other 
smart  men  ;  and  you  will  use  those  who  are 


48  THE  LITTLE  TOLLOWEll  OF  JESUS. 

not  so  smart  as  you  are  as  instruments  to  help 
you  forward.  All  these  things  may  come,  or, 
at  least,  you  may  be  tempted  that  way  many 
a  time,  and,  if  you  do  not  take  care,  easily 
misled.  This  is  the  way  of  the  world ;  it 
pretends  to  be  your  friend,  but  it  is  a 
treacherous  enemy.  It  gets  you  to  build  a 
house  ;  and  you  think  it  is  fine  work,  and  you 
have  made  a  success  of  it ;  and  just  when  you 
think  you  have  finished  it,  and  you  are  safe, 
and  now  you  can  enjoy  yourself  at  ease  in 
your  fine  house,  the  world  will  shake  it,  let  it 
fall  down  over  your  head,  and  all  your  vain 
and  empty  plans  will  go  to  nothing.  Think 
of  the  boy  I  told  you  of,  building  his  brick 
play-house. 

What  I  wrant    vou   not   to    forget   is    this : 

*j 

There  is  some  one  else  who  has  better  and 
quite  different  plans  for  you,  and  who  intends 
to  make  something  great  and  glorious  of  you. 
It  is  He  whom  you  have  undertaken  to  fol- 
low— Jesus,  your  Saviour.  What  He  wants 
to  make  of  you,  you  cannot  yet  tell ;  neither 
can  I,  nor  anybody  else.  Just  give  yourself 
over  entirely  and  willingly  to  Jesus,  and  let 
Him  guide  you ;  He  will  lead  you  right ;  and 
you  will  be  great  on  earth  and  in  heaven. 


AVOID  VAIX  HOPE.  49 

In  Paris  there  was  a  certain  young  man, 
called  Francis  Xavier.  He  also  had  great 
plans,  how  he  would  become  a  wonder  of 
learning,  and  make  himself  a  great  name  in 
the  world.  There  was  another  young  'man, 
some  years  older  than  Francis  Xavier,  called 
Ignatius,  and  he  had  the  spirit  of  Jesus,  and 
had  just  entered  on  the  right  way  to  holiness. 
One  day  Ignatius  whispered  into  the  ear  of 
Francis  Xavier  these  words  : 

"  What  doth  it  profit  a  man  if  he  gain  the 
wliole  world,  but  lose  his  precious  soul?  ' 

And  day  after  day,  as  often  as  he  met  him, 
he  repeated  to  him  these  same  words,  until 
Francis  began  to  think  them  over  himself,  and 
they  worked  in  his  soul,  by  the  grace  of  God. 
They  brought  about  a  great  change.  The 
young  man  left  the  way  of  the  world,  and 
turned  his  back  on  it,  to  follow  Jesus.  Our 
Saviour  had  his  plans  for  him,  too ;  and  you 
know  what  the  yoimej  man  became  :  a  great 

«/ 

saint   in   the    Catholic    Church — St.   Francis 
Xavier,  apostle  of  India. 

Do  you  see  now,  and  understand  ?  Jesus 
has  His  plans  and  intentions  for  you,  too, 
most  certainly  !  What  must  you  do,  on  your 
side,  that  they  may  be  carried  out? 


THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

First,  give  up  all  vain  hopes.  Make  your 
resolution  even  now  never  to  strive  after  honor 
and  glory  in  the  world,  or  to  gain  for  yourself 
a  great  name.  Learning  is  good,  and  riches 
may  be  good,  and  honors,  but  only  as  far  as 
Jesus  wants  to  let  you  have  them.  You  must 
not  seek  them  for  the  world's  sake. 

Secondly,  do  not  put  too  much  trust  in 
yourself.  Do  not  rely  on  your  own  knowledge 
and  ability.  Do  not  despise  others,  nor  think 
yourself  better  than  everybody  else.  Be  hum- 
ble !  give  yourself  into  the  hands  of  Jesus, 
and  let  Him  do  with  you  according  to  His 

»/ 

holy  will.  "  The  foolish  things  of  the  world 
hath  God  chosen,  that  He  may  confound  the 
wise ;  and  the  weak  things  of  the  world  hath 
God  chosen,  that  He  may  confound  the  strong," 
-St.  Paul  says. 

Here  is  a  word  for  you  from  The  Following 
of  Christ  :  "  It  will  do  thee  no  harm  to  put 
thyself  below  everybody,  but  it  will  hurt  thee 
very  much  to  put  thyself  before  any  one." 


VIII. 
Friendship  and  Undue  Intimacy. 

that  fearetli  God  shall  likewise  have 
good  friendships  :  because,  according 
to  him  shall  his  friend  be."  How  true 
are  these  words  of  holy  Scripture,  and  how 
worthy  of  our  consideration  ! 

My  child,  if  you  look  about  you  in  the  world, 
and  observe  only  a  little  the  ways  and  doings 
of  men,  you  will  see  much  that  one  might 
think  is  friendship.  Experience,  however, 
teaches  that  of  this  so-called  friendship  only  a 
small  part  is  real  and  true.  The  greater 
portion  is  nothing  more  than  a  fine  outside 
dress,  often  put  on  to  hide  the  baseness  of  a 
false  inside. 

Two  men  happen  to  meet,  some  day,  on  the 
street.  They  are  so  glad  to  see  each  other  ; 
they  shake  hands  ;  they  talk  so  friendly,  and 
are  so  polite  ;  they  laugh  and  make  fun,  and 
talk  about  their  families,  their  business,  and 
what  not.  When  they  leave,  they  shake  hands 
again,  and  "  hope  to  see  each  other  again  soon  ; 
and  you  must  not  forget  to  visit  me  some- 
times," and  so  on.  You  know,  and  you  can 


51 


52  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

see  every  day  for  yourself,  how  sucli  business 
is  carried  ou. 

Now,  what  do  you  think?  These  two  men 
are  the  best,  most  intimate  friends,  are  they 
not?  It  would  seem  so.  But  you  are  mis- 
taken :  they  are  not.  Hardly  have  they  parted, 
when  one  says  :  "  Why  in  the  world  did  I  just 
have  to  meet  him  ?  '  and  the  other  says : 
"  Well,  if  he  isn't  a  bore  !  I  shall  not  forget 
to  visit  him  sometimes."  Do  you  see?  Of 
such  friendship  there  is  plenty  in  the  world. 

Yet,  to  have  a  true  friend  is  to  possess  a 
great  treasure.  "  A  faithful  friend,"  sa}rs  the 
Wise  Man,  "  is  a  strong  defense  ;  and  he  that 
hath  found  him,  hath  found  a  treasure."  My 
little  follower  of  Jesus,  it  is  not  wrouo-  for  YOU 

O  t' 

to  have  such  a  friend,  or  more  than  one — 
many,  if  you  can  find  them.  On  the  contrary, 
it  will  be  very  good  for  you.  A  true  friend 
will  ever  be  a  great  help  for  you  in  the  work 
of  your  life — the  following  of  Jesus.  What 
must  you  do  to  find  one  ? 

First,  begin  with  yourself.  Let  it  always  be 
your  first  and  main  endeavor  to  have  God  for 
your  friend.  Always  have  Him  before  your 
eyes  ;  ever  walk  carefully  in  His  presence. 
Never  let  yourself  be  led  into  mortal  sin  :  that 


FRIENDSHIP  AND  UNDUE  INTIMACY.  53 

would  be  losing  or  casting  from  you  your 
greatest  blessing,  God's  love  and  friendship. 
Fear  your  Creator  all  the  days  of  your  life. 
"  The  fear  of  the  Lord  is  the  beginning  of 
wisdom,"  says  the  Psalmist. 

Also,  you  must  not  forget  to  cultivate  a  most 
intimate  friendship  with  your  holy  guardian 
angel,  with  your  patron  saint,  with  your 
Mother,  the  Blessed  Virgin,  and  with  those 
other  saints  for  whom  you  have  a  special  re- 
gard. Often  think  of  them.  Pray  to  them 
every  day. 

Secondly,  guard  yourself  against  the  false 
friendship  of  the  world.  Avoid  the  company 
of  bad  men.  "  Evil  communications  corrupt 
good  manners,"  says  St.  Paul.  You  cannot 
have  Jesus  for  your  friend  if  you  wish  to  be  a 
friend  of  th^world. 

If  you  fear  God,  and  try  to  keep  yourself 
from  sin,  it  will  not  be  hard  for  you  to  find 
good  friends.  They  will  find  you,  or  you  will 
find  them,  without  seeking  one  another.  It  is 
with  these  friends  as  it  is  in  general.  "  Like 
loves  like,"  according  to  the  proverb. 

It  is  not  good  to  be  altogether  intimate  with 
even  your  good  friends  on  earth.  You  should 
be  closely  intimate  with  God  and  your  other 


THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 


heavenly  friends.  But  with  men  on  earth  it  is 
not  good  to  be  too  friendly.  "  Be  in  peace 
with  many/'  says  the  Holy  Ghost,  "but  let 
one  of  a  thousand  be  thy  counsellor."  It  is 
best  to  reveal  the  secrets  of  your  soul  only  to 
one  human  being  on  earth — the  priest,  your 
spiritual  father  and  confessor. 

Here  is   a  passage   from    The  Following  of 
Christ  for  every  little  follower  of  Jesus  to  con- 

• 

sider  :  ik  Sometimes  we  think  to  please  others 
with  our  company  ;  and  we  begin  rather  to 
be  displeasing  to  them  from  the  bad  qualities 
they  discover  in  us." 


IX. 
Obedience  and  Subjection. 

HAVE  now  come  to  a  chapter,  my  dear 
reader,  which,  for  us,  is  of  as  great  im- 
portance as  any  of  the  others  that  we 
have  so  far  gone  through  in  The  Following  of 
Christ.  Do  you  know  the  virtue  which  so 
pleases  our  Saviour,  and  which  He  teaches  us 
so  beautifully  and  expressly  by  His  own  ex- 
anmle  ?  It  is  the  virtue  of  obedience.  Jesus 

L 

"  humbled  Himself,  becoming  obedient  unto 
death,  even  the  death  of  the  Cross." 

I  will  not  say  anything  now  abouf  the  obedi- 
ence and  subjection  one  must  practise  in  relig- 
ious life,  that  is,  living  as  a  Brother  or  Sister 
consecrated  to  God  in  a  monastery  or  convent. 
You  are  yet  too  young  to  know  what  God  may 
call  you  to  in  the  future.  But  so  much  you 

•/  ** 

ought  to  know  and  remember  even  now  :  Wher- 
ever you  are,  whether  you  are  young  or  old, 
whatever  station  of  life  you  may  embrace  to 
serve  God  in,  you  will  be  subject  to  authority, 
more  or  less,  as  long  as  3*011  live,  and  always 
have  the  chance  and  the  duty  to  practise  this 
beautiful  virtue  of  obedience. 

55 


56  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

Begin  right  away,  in  earnest.  First,  there 
are  your  parents,  your  older  brothers  and  sis- 
ters. Be  prompt  in  your  obedience  ?  When- 
ever father  or  mother  calls  you,  let  everything 
else  be  dropped  immediately,  and  go.  Do  not 
let  them  call  you  twice.  If  they  tell  you  to  do 
a  thing — now,  I  am  suppossing  that  what  they 
tell  you  to  do  is  always  right — do  it  right  off, 
and  do  it  well,  not  in  too  great  a  hurry  and 
only  half.  If  they  tell  you  to  stay  away  from 
a  certain  place,  or  to  avoid  the  company  of  a 
certain  person,  then  obey  them  punctually. 
Let  no  one  prevail  on  you  to  go  in  the  least 
against  the  commands  or  even  the  wishes  of 
your  parents,  however  much  he  or  she  may 
pretend  to  be  your  good  friend.  Next  to  God, 
you  have  no  better  or  greater  benefactors  on 
earth  than  your  parents.  You  must  first  listen 
to  them  and  obey  them,  before  you  listen  to 
and  obey  anybody  else. 

A  boy  once,  coaxed  by  a  companion,  took  a 
ride  on  the  cars,  against  the  expressed  will  of 
his  mother.  She  was  very  much  grieved.  She 
corrected  him  for  his  fault,  and  then  she  pun- 
ished, his  as  he  deserved.  The  boy  always  re- 
membered that— not  so  much  how  his  mother 
had  punished  him,  as  that  he  had  grieved  her 


OBEDIEXCE  AXD  SUBJECTION.  57 

* 

by  his  disobedience.  He  often  thought  of  it 
in  his  after-life,  and  he  was  sorry  for  it  as 
often. 

Yon  should  also  obey  your  older  brothers 
and  sisters.  Suppose  you  should  try  to  repre- 
sent to  yourself,  as  often  as  your  brother  or 
sister  asks  you  to  do  anything,  that  it  is  Jesus 
Himself  who  is  asking  you.  Wouldn't  you 
find  it  easier  to  do  it  ? 

Your  obedience  must  be  willing.  Many 
children  obey  only  after  putting  on  long,  sour 
faces,  and  after  much  pouting  ;  and  even  while 
they  are  doing  what  they  have  been  told  to  do, 
or  leaving  off  what  they  are  told  not  to  do, 
they  are  dissatisfied  inwardly,  they  complain 
to  themselves  and  grumble.  "  Many  are  under 
obedience,"  says  Thomas  a  Kempis,  "  more 
out  of  necessity  than  charity,  and  such  have 
suffering,  and  are  apt  to  murmur."  Do  you 
see  ?  Such  obedience  is  worth  nothing  in  the 
eyes  of  God.  Therefore,  put  away  all  sour 
faces,  and  pouting  lips  ;  instead,  put  on  smiles 
and  pleasantness,  for  Jesus'  sake. 

I  will  not  say  anything  about  obedience  and 
subjection  in  school,  and  toward  spiritual 
superiors.  A  child  needs  only  to  practise 
obedience  faithfully  at  home,  and  I  am  confi- 


58  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JEST.'.-?. 

f 

dent,  obedience  in  school,  and  wherever  else  it 
may  be  required,  will  come  of  itself. 

Also,  yon  must  not  stick  to  your  own  notions 
or  opinions  so  tightly.  Some  children  are 
thus.  They  will  hold  fast  to  their  own  opinion, 
and  not  give  in  to  anybody.  Such  children, 
generally,  cause  a  good  deal  of  disturbance  and 
trouble  at  home  by  their  stubbornness  and  self- 
will.  Give  your  opinion  ;  say  what  you  think 
you  have  a  right  to  say,  and  then  be  done  with 
it.  To  dispute  long  with  others  for  every  little 
thing  is  unpleasant  for  them  as  well  as  for 
yourself,  and  ill  becomes  a  little  follower  of 
Jesus. 

There  are  many  people  who  cannot  find 
peace  nor  rest.  They  always  have  trouble 
with  somebody.  They  think,  if  they  could  go 
somewhere  else,  perhaps  out  into  the  wilder- 
ness, where  they  would  be  alone  by  themselves, 
and  nobody  to  disturb  them — then  they  would 
live  in  peace.  A  great  mistake  !  It  is  not  places 
or  persons  that  will  give  you  peace  :  your  own 
heart  must  give  it  to  you.  Exchange  your  self- 
will  for  the  humility  and  obedience  of  Jesus, 

»/ 

and  you  will  have  peace  and  quiet  in  your 
heart  everywhere  and  at  all  times.  Do  not 
forget  this,  my  child.  "  If  God  is  amongst  us," 


OBEDIENCE  AND  SUBJECTION". 


59 


says  the  Following  of  Christ,  "  we  must  needs 
sometimes  give  up  our  own  opinion  for  the 
blessing  of  peace." 


X, 
Bridle  your  Tongue. 

"XPEBIENCE  teaches  us  that  great  re. 
suits,  both  in  good  and  evil,  oftentimes 
come  from  small  beginnings. 
Some  years  ago  one  of  the  largest  cities  in 
our  country  was  almost  entirely  destroyed  by 
fire.  How,  do  you  think,  did  the  fire  get 
started  ?  A  woman,  they  say,  was  out  in  the 
stable  late  in  the  evening,  milking  her  cow. 
For  some  reason  or  other,  the  cow  got  contrary 
and  began  to  kick  ;  and  it  happened  that  she 
struck  the  lantern  that  the  woman  had  set  be- 
hind her  on  the  floor.  From  the  lantern  the 
straw  caught  fire  ;  and  pretty  soon  the  whole 
stable  stood  in  flames.  It  was  too  late  to 
quench  the  fire  ;  it  passed  from  house  to  house, 
until  nearly  the  whole  city  was  one  sea  of  fire. 
Do  you  see  ?  From  the  little  flame  in  the 

•/ 

lantern  came  the  big  fire  that  nearly  destroyed 
a  great,  large  city. 

St.  James  says :  "  The  tongue  is  indeed  a 
little  member,  but  it  boasteth  great  things. 
Behold,  how  small  a  fire  kinclleth  a  great 
wood  !  '  And  the  wise  Man  says  :  "  A  wicked 


BRIDLE  YOUR,  TONGUE.  61 

word  changeth  the  heart :  out  of  which  four 
manner  of  things  arise  :  good  and  evil,  life 
and  death ;  and  the  tongue  is  continually  the 
ruler  of  them." 

Is  there  anything  smaller,  more  insignifi- 
cant, we  might  think,  than  a  word?  What 
harm  can  there  be  in  a  word,  one  little  word  ? 
Ah,  yes,  great  harm,  unspeakable  harm,  may 
be  in  it ! 

Suppose  you  have  spoken  in  auger  only  one 
harsh  word ;  thereby  you  have  offended  one 
of  your  friends,  companions.  The  mutual 
friendship  between  you  is  dead ;  a  cold,  hard 
feeling  takes  the  place  of  the  former  love  in 
your  hearts  ;  you  no  longer  speak  to  each 
other,  or  even  look  at  each  other  ;  and,  where 
may  it  end  ?  in  hatred  and  enmity. 

Or  you  have  told  an  untruth,  maybe  it  was 
a  word  of  tale  bearing  ;  thereby  you  have  dis- 
united friends,  sown  discord  among  families 
and  neighbors  ;  it  may  end  in  deeds  of  blood 
and  revenge. 

Or  it  was  a  wicked,  impure  word,  and  there- 
by you  have  scandalized  one  of  God's  little 
ones.  The  poor  child,  innocent  heretofore, 
learns  the  sin  from  you  ;  he  tells  others  ;  and 
so  the  sin  goes  on  farther,  and  God  only  knows 


62  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

where  and  when  it  will  stop  !  You  are  the 
one  that  started  the  sin  ;  you  gave  the  scandal 
first ;  and  to  you  must  be  applied  the  words 
of  our  Saviour  :  "  Woe  to  him  that  giveth 
scandal  !  ' 

My  little  follower  of  Jesus,  after  considering 

mj 

all  this,  do  you  not  think  it  is  a  duty  for  us  to 
bridle  our  tongues  ?  What  does  this  mean, 
to  bridle  our  tongues  ?  It  means  :  We  must 
govern  them,  check  them,  and  not  let  them 
always  say  just  what  they  please,  without 
thinking  before  whether  what  they  want  to 
say  is  good  or  bad,  whether  it  may  do  harm 
or  not. 

You  must  not  say  :  "  I  am  too  young, 
too  little !  "  I  know  that  you  cannot  carry 
out  exactly  the  advice  that  The  Following 
of  Jesus  gives  us,  "Fly  as  much  as  pos- 
sible the  tumult  of  men.  If  thou  hast  leave 
to  speak,  and  it  is  expedient,  speak  those 

things   that    may   edify."     You    cannot    lock 

^  «/ 

yourself  up  at  home  for  hours,  to  keep  silence. 
You  must  go  to  school,  and  you  must  be  in 
company  often,  with  your  brothers  and  sisters, 
and  with  other  children  ;  you  must  run  about, 
and  play,  and  enjoy  yourself.  I  know  all  that. 
But,  nevertheless,  young  and  little  as  you  may 


BRIDLE  YOUR  TOXGUE.  63 

be,  you  must  learu  to  bridle  your  tongue. 
What  should  you  do,  therefore  ?  Here  is  a 
good  rule  ;  you  can  easily  learn  it  by  heart, 
and  with  a  little  earnest  will  and  effort  you 
can  practise  it  : 

If  you  -would  lead  a  life  discreet, 

Five  tilings  observe  with  care  : 
Of  whom  you  speak,  to  whom  you  speak, 

And  what,  and  when,  and  where. 

Suppose  you  wanted  to  correct  some  one, 
a  boy  or  a  girl,  for  some  fault,  or,  as  it  ma,y  be 
your  duty  to  do,  you  want  to  tell  your  supe- 
rior about  it  ;  then  consider  well  beforehand 
what  you  will  say,  and  how  you  will  say  it. 
There  are  times  when  it  is  forbidden  to  speak; 
there  are  places  in  which  to  speak  unneces- 
sarily would  be  irreverent.  Let  it  be  your 
rule  :  I  will  never  speak  in  school  during 
school  hours,  nor  in  church,  unless  I  am  asked 
something,  and  I  ought  to  speak.  Is  this 
rule  hard  to  keep  ?  Kot  if  you  want  to  keep 
it. 

And  sometimes,  when  you  long  to  go  out 
into  company,  to  pass  your  time  in  idle  talking, 
you  might,  on  purpose,  stay  at  home  and  in 
silence,  and  by  good  thoughts  converse  with 
Jesus. 


64  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

"  If  any  man  offend  not  in  word,  the  same  is 
a  perfect  man,"  say  St.  James. 

And  Thomas  a  Kempis  asks  :  "  Why  are 
we  so  so  fond  of  speaking  and  talking  idly  to- 
gether, when  we  yet  seldom  return  to  silence 
without  some  wound  to  conscience  ?  I  would 
that  many  a  time  I  had  kept  silence,  and  had 
not  been  in  company." 


XL 

Progress  in  Spiritual  Life. 

LORY  be  to  God  in  the  highest ;  and 
on  earth  peace  to  men  of  good  will !  ' 
thus  the  angels  sang  at  our  Saviour's 
birth.  Isaias,  the  prophet,  says  :  "  A  Child 
is  born  to  us  ;  and  His  name  is  called  the 
Prince  of  peace."  And  at  the  last  Supper 
Jesus  said  to  His  disciples  :  "  Peace  I  leave 
with  you,  My  peace  I  give  to  you  :  not  as  the 
world  giveth,  do  I  give  to  you."  What  does 
all  this  mean  ? 

It  means  that,  by  His  death  on  the  Cross, 
Jesus  freed  us  from  sin,  and  procured  for  as 
peace  and  true  happiness.  He  offers  peace  to 
His  followers  ;  and  we  can  all  get  it  and  pos- 
sess it,  if  we  wish  ! 

As  we  heard  once  before,  peace  and  quiet  of 
heart  do  not  depend  on  just  certain  persons 
and  certain  places.  Some  persons  think : 
"  Oh,  if  I  could  live  at  such  and  such  a  place, 
away  from  such  and  such  persons,  then  I'd 
have  no  trouble,  then  I  could  live  in  peace." 
A  heart  that  strives  to  keep  itself  freed  from 
sin,  that  loves  God,  and  is  subject  in  all  things 

65 


66  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 


to  tlie  will  of  divine  Providence,  has  peace  and 
rest  at  all  times  and  in  all  places.  Sin  alone 
takes  away  or  prevents  peace  and  happiness. 

In  a  monastery  there  once  lived  a  monk  who 
also  could  find  no  peace.  He  was  always  in 
trouble  with  somebody.  One  day  the  thought 
came  to  him  :  "  If  I  were  somewhere  where  I 
could  live  alone  by  myself,  and  there  was  no- 
body to  disturb  and  bother  me,  then  I  could 
be  quiet  and  live  happily.  I  will  go  out  into 
the^desert  and  live  in  the  solitude  as  a  hermit." 

Consequently,  he  left  the  monastery,  and 
went  out  several  miles  into  the  desert.  He 
found  a  lonely  cave  near  a  fountain  of  water  ; 
and  there  he  took  up  his  abode.  He  stored 
away  the  provisions  he  had  brought  along,  and 
arranged  his  cell  to  suit  the  life  of  a  hermit. 

It  all  went  well  for  a  time.  One  morning  he 
went  out  to  the  fountain  to  fill  his  jug  with 
water.  Near  the  fountain  there  grew  a  sort  of 
fine,  delicious  berry ;  and  some  of  these  he 
wanted  to  gather  to  take  home  with  the  water. 
He  set  the  jug  down  on  the  ground,  but  it 
would  not  stand  :  it  fell  over.  Again  he  set 
it  up,  and  again  it  fell  over.  Already  his  tem- 
per was  rising.  He  set  the  jug  up  a  third 
time,  and  a  third  time  it  fell  over.  He 


PROGRESS  IX  SPIRITUAL  LIFE.  67 

snatched  up  the  jug,  and  hurled  it  against  a 
rock,  smashing  it  into  a  thousand  pieces. 

However,  he  soon  recollected  himself.      He 
began  to  think  over  what  he  had  done. 

"  Do  you  see  now  ?  '  said  he  to  himself. 
"  You  cannot  find  peace  and  satisfaction  even 
alone  by  yourself  here  in  the  desert.  And 
why  not?  I  understand  row.  Peace  must 
come  from  myself.  As  long  as  I  am  ruled  by 
sinful  passions,  I  shall  find  peace  nowhere.  I 
must,  therefore,  overcome  my  evil  inclinations, 
my  passions  ;  then  I  shall  be  happy.  I  will 
return  to  the  monastery,  to  begin  a  new  life. 
Under  my  superior  and  amongst  my  fellow 
monks,  I  can  have  more  and  better  chances  to 
struggle  with  my  passions,  and  will  obtain 
greater  and  stronger  help  from  God  to  over- 
come them." 

He  went  back  that  same  day  ;  and  the  story 
closes  by  saying  that  the  monk,  after  that,  en- 
joyed more  peace  and  happiness  in  one  year 
than  he  had  enjoyed  in  all  the  years  together 
that  he  had  lived  in  the  monastery  before  he 
made  that  trial  in  the  desert. 

What  does  this  anecdote  teach  us  ?  If  we 
want  to  have  peace  and  happiness  of  heart,  as 
much  as  it  can  be  obtained  on  this  earth,  we 


THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 


must  figlit  against  sin,  overcome  our  evil  pas- 
sions. 

Therefore,  my  little  follower  of  Jesus,  let  us 
begin.  First  of  all,  let  us  not  look  too  much 
at  others  ;  or,  as  The  Following  of  Christ  has  it, 
let  us  not  "  busy  ourselves  with  the  sayings 
and  doings  of  others,  and  with  things  that 
concern  us  not."  We  have  enough  to  do  with 
ourselves.  At  least,  if  we  do  sometimes  notice 
faults  in  others,  and  try,  out  of  charity,  to  cor- 
rect them,  let  us  not  forget  that  we  have  plenty 
faults  ourselves,  greater  ones  than  we  think 
and  are  inclined  to  believe.  Let  us  not  "  look 
for  the  mote  in  our  brother's  eye,  while  we 
forget  the  beam  in  our  own." 

I  told  you  before,  in  the  chapter  about  "  re- 
nouncing inordinate  affections,"  what  you 
should  do  to  find  out  your  faults,  bad  habits, 
passions,  and  evil  inclinations  ;  you  might 
read  that  over  once  more,  just  now.  So,  then, 
begin,  and  do  not  give  up.  4k  If  every  }Tear 
we  rooted  out  one  fault,"  says  Thomas  a  Kein- 
pis,  "  we  should  soon  become  perfect  men." 

And,  here  is  a  secret  I  will  reveal  to  you. 

/  f 

You  ask  :  "  What  is  the  surest  and  best  way 
of  doing  much  good  for  the  spiritual  welfare  of 
others  ?  "  The  surest  and  best  wav  is  :  Be- 


PEOGRESS  IN"  SPIRITUAL  LIFE.  69 


gin  with  yourself  !  Just  as  you  yourself  make 
progress  in  spiritual  life,  so  will  you  also  work 
at  the  spiritual  progress  of  others. 

God  arranges  it  so:  He  lets  you  work  good 
for  others  while  you  are  working  good  for 
yourself.  You  think  you  are  doing  nothing, 
because  all  your  time  is  taken  up  with  your- 
self ;  but  imperceptibly,  by  God's  grace,  you 
are  doing  much  good  for  others,  for  those  that 
are  living  with  you,  round  about  you. 

For  the  conclusion  let  us  have  another  word 
from  The  Following  of  Christ  :  "  The  Lord  is 
ready  to  help  them  that  fight,  trusting  in  His 
grace  ;  who  Himself  provideth  us  occasion  to 
fight,  in  order  that  we  may  overcome. 


" 


XII. 
Trials  and  Afflictions. 

now,  is  something  that  you  have 
heard  more  than  once  :  We  cannot  go 
through  this  world  without  having  to 
bear,  each  of  us,  his  share  of  trials  and  crosses. 
One  may  live  only  a  few  years,  or  he  may  live 
many  years — all  the  same  :  every  one  has  to 
suffer. 

Trials  and  afflictions  come  in  many  different 
ways.  One  is  subject  to  trial  from  sickness 
and  ill  health:  there  is  hardly  a  day  in  the 
year  that  he  can  say  he  is  quite  well,  and  that 
he  must  not  suffer  from  some  one  bodily  ail- 
ment or  other.  There  is  another  whose  bodily 
health,  maybe,  is  good  enough;  but,  that  awful 
scourge  of  poverty!  He  has  not  wherewith 
sufficientlv  to  clothe,  nourish,  or  shelter  him- 

•/  * 

self  ;  he  suffers  great  want.  Others,  again,  are 
continually  persecuted  by  their  fellow-men. 
Whatever  they  undertake,  they  never  succopd 
with  it.  Everything  turns  against  them.  Tn 
spite  of  their  best  efforts  to  get  ahead  in  the 
world,  they  cannot ;  they  rather  go  backward. 
If  only  this  were  all !  Many  a  man,  besides 

70 


TRIALS  AXD  AFFLICTIONS.  71 


the  load  of  outward  or  temporal  afflictions  that 
he  has  to  carry,  must  bear  a  heavier  cross  of 
inward  spiritual  troubles.  There  are  strong 
passions  to  conquer ;  great  temptations  to 
overcome  ;  his  own  weakness  to  support ;  dan- 
gerous occasions  to  avoid.  And  this  inward 
struggle  of  the  soul  frequently  lasts  for  years, 
Many  a  one  would  gladly  sacrifice  all  his 
worldly  possessions  if  he  could  thereby  rid 
himself  of  this  spiritual  cross.  He  strives 
honestly  to  serve  God,  to  live  as  a  good,  pious 
Christian  ought  to  ;  and  yet — this  heavy  bur- 
den to  carry  ! 

Where  do  these  trials  and  afflictions  come 
from  ?  They  ma}r  be  caused  by  one's  own 
sins.  You  may  be  the  maker  of  your  own 
cross  by  the  sins  you  commit.  Or,  God  may 
send  you  these  troubles  to  punish  you  for  the 
sins  you  committed  formerly:  He  gives  you  a 
chance  to  atone  for  them.  Or,  maybe,  God 
lays  these  crosses  on  you  merely  to  try 
you  ;  thereby  He  wants  to  give  you  chances 
to  gain  greater  merits  for  heaven.  '  The  devil 
does  not  like  to  see  one  lead  a  good,  pious 
life,  either  ;  and,  therefore,  he  also  comes  to 
trouble  you.  He  puts  all  kinds  of  stumbli""- 
blocks  in  your  way,  that  you  may  fall  anr'm  the 


72  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

yourself.  God  permits  liiin  to  do  so  ;  but  he 
can  go  BO  further  than  God  allows  him. 

Here  are  a  few  passages  from  Holy  Writ  on 
this  point :  "  Man,  born  of  woman,  living  for 
a  short  time,  is  filled  with  many  miseries,"  says 
Job.  And  St.  Paul  says  :  "  Whom  the  Lord 
loveth,  He  chastiseth  ;  and  He  scourgeth  every 
son  whom  He  receiveth."  And  again:  "All 
who  live  piously  in  Jesus  Christ  shall  suffer 
persecution."^ 

What  do  you  think  now,  dear  children?  Do 
you  expect,  if  you  want  to  be  true  followers  of 
Jesus,  that  you  shall  have  nothing  to  suffer  in 
this  world?  Our  Lord  Himself  said  :  "  Ought 
not  Christ  to  have  suffered  these  things,  and  so 
to  enter  into  His  glory  ?  '  And  "  the  servant 
is  not  greater  than  his  lord.  If  they  have  per- 
secuted Me,  they  will  also  persecute  you." 

Therefore,  you  may  get  ready.  Trials  and 
afflictions  will  come  upon  you.  When  they 
come,  bear  them  patiently.  If  you  get  sick, 
and  your  pains  are  great,  be  as  quiet  as  pos- 
sible, and  resigned  to  God's  holy  will.  Do  not 
complain,  much  less  murmur.  Do  not  trouble 
your  folks  too  much,  those  who  have  to  wait 

-2.H  you,  by  being  peevish,  and  making  them 
every  little  thing.  Take  your  medicine 


TKLALS  AND  AFFLICTIONS.  73 

willingly,  even  though  it  may  be  bitter.  In 
such  and  all  other  trials  be  patient  and  re- 
signed. Remember  that  one  "  My  Jesus,  Thy 
will  be  done  ! '  said  piously  in  time  of  sick- 
ness or  other  afflictions,  is  more  pleasing  to 
your  Saviour,  and  more  meritorious  for  your- 
self, than  ten  "Our  Fathers"  and  "Hail 
Marys  '  might  be  at  a  time  when  you  have 
nothing  to  suffer. 

Do  not   measure  vour   cross   with  that  of 

mJ 

others.  Everybody  has  his  cross  to  bear,  you 
may  be  sure  of  that ;  but  you  should  not 
become  dissatisfied  with  yours,  and  wish  you. 
had  some  one  else's  cross  to  carry,  because  you 
think  it  is  so  much  lighter  than  your  own.  The 
cross  that  God  has  put  upon  you,  or  permitted 
to  be  laid  upon  you,  is  just  the  right  one  for 
you  ;  it  suits  you  better  than  any  other  would. 

There  was  once  a  man  who  also  was  dis- 
satisfied with  the  cross  that  God  had  sent  him. 
He  always  thought,  and  often  said,  that  lie 
had  the  heaviest  cross  to  carry;  others  hadn't 
half  as  much  to  suffer,  and  they  weren't  any 
better  than  himself  ;  and  he  couldn't  see  why 
he  alone  should  have  to  suffer  so  much.  Thus 
he  complained  and  murmured  against  God. 

One  night  he  had  a  dream.     He  was  in  the 


74  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 


midst  of  a  large  field.  On  that  field  was  an 
almost  countless  number  of  crosses  fastened 
in  the  ground.  An  angel — it  was  his  own 
guardian  angel — appeared  to  him,  and  said : 
"  You  are  ever  complaining  about  the  cross 
that  God  has  placed  upon  you.  Yrou  say  it  is 
too  heavy.  The  crosses  that  others  have  are 
much  lighter  than  yours.  Now  you  shall  have 
your  choice.  Come  with  me,  and  try  the 
crosses  in  this  field.  You  can  pick  out  for 
yourself  the  one  that  suits  you  best." 

The  man  did  as  the  angel  told  him.  He 
tried  one  cross  after  another.  One  was  too 
heavy,  another  was  too  sharp  at  the  edges, 
another  was  too  rough,  etc.  At  last  he  found 
one  that  was  just  right,  just  as  he  himself 
wanted  it  to  be  ;  it  was  neither  too  heavy,  nor 
was  it  too  pointed,  nor  too  rough.  It  was  just 
the  cross  that  suited  him. 

"  Take  it,  then,  and  carry  it  patiently,"  said 
the  angel.  "  Do  not  complain  any  more  ;  for 
it  is  just  the  very  cross  that  God  has  put  upon 
you,  and  that  you  have  so  often  complained 
about." 

"  It  is  good  for  us,"  says  The  Following  of 
Christ,  "to  have  some  troubles  and  adversities 
now  and  then  ;  for  oftentimes  they  make  a 


TRIALS    AND    AFFLICTIONS. 


75 


man  enter  into  himself,  that  he  may  know  that 
he  is  an  exile,  and  place  not  his  hopes  in  any- 
thing of  the  world." 


XIII. 

Resisting  Temptation. 

trietli  iron,  and  temptation  a  just 
man."  These  words  of  Thomas  a  Kem- 
pis  are  nearly  the  same  as  those  of  the 
Wise  Man  :  "  The  furnace  trietli  the  potter's 
vessels,  and  the  trial  of  affliction  just  men." 

A  saintly  hermit,  a  devout  servant  of  God, 
was  once  led  by  his  guardian  angel  into  a  large 
city,  there  to  visit  a  certain  monastery.  The 
monks  of  this  monastery  were  renowned  for 
their  piety  and  holiness.  What  was  the  her- 
mit's astonishment !  He  saw  the  whole  place 
just  swarming  with  little  moors — more  devils 
than  you  would  see  flies  swarming  about  a  cup 
of  honey,  or  bees  about  a  hive.  There  were 
devils  in  the  chapel,  devils  in  the  choir,  devils 
in  the  refectory,  devils  in  the  dormitories,  in 
short,  devils  all  over. 

They  left  the  monastery  ;  the  angel  led  the 
hermit  through  the  other  parts  of  the  city. 
Still  greater  was  his  surprise  !  In  the  whole 
large  city  he  could  not  see  another  single  de- 
mon—not  until  they  came  to  the  gate  where 
they  wanted  to  go  out.  There  the  hermit  found 


RESISTING  TEMPTATION.  77 

one  devil,  leaning  comfortably  against  the  wall, 
apparently  taking  it  very  easy. 

"  It  seems  you  have  good  times,"  said  the 
hermit  to  the  devil. 

"  Yes,  as  good  as  I  can  wish  them,"  answered 
the  latter. 

41  How  happens  it  that  you  take  it  so  easy? 
In  this  city  there  are  thousands  of  people  liv- 
ing ;  and  yet  you  are  the  only  one  devil  here, 
and  you  seem  to  have  nothing  to  do  ;  whereas 
in  the  monastery  there  is  comparatively  but  a 
small  number  of  monks,  yet  there  are  so  many 
devils,  hundreds  of  them  ,  and  all  seem  to  be 
very  busy,  to  have  much  to  do.  How  is  this?  ' 

"  That  is  easily  explained,"  replied  the  devil. 
"  In  the  citv  I  have  engaged  a  large  number  of 

•J  O      O  O 

wicked  men  to  help  me.  They  do  the  work  for 
me.  The  people,  in  general,  do  not  resist 
temptations  :  they  are  easily  misled.  But  in 
the  monastery  it  is  not  so.  There  we  have 
nobody  to  help  us;  and  all  the  monks  strive  to 
be  virtuous— one  helps  the  other  in  this.  They 
resist  our  temptations;  and  that  takes  so  many 
devils,  and  gives  us  so  much  work. 

My  little  follower  of  Jesus,  isn't  this  some- 
thing remarkable,  something  that  we  ought  to 
consider  well  ?  God  is  good,  and  He  means 


78  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

well  with  us  when  He  sends  us  bodily  or  tem- 
poral afflictions.  I  said  enough  on  this  point 
in  the  last  chapter.  We  ought  to  thank  Him, 
the  good  God,  every  time  He  bestows  such  a 
favor  on  us.  But  when  He  permits  such  in- 
ward trials,  tempfations  of  the  spirit,  it  is  a 
still  better  sign  that  He  loves  us  dearly,  and,  as 
our  best  and  kindest  Father,  is  concerned 
about  our  eternal  welfare. 

What  does  God  intend  when  He  permits 
temptations  ?  Thereby  He  wants  to  help  us 
root  out  the  evil  that  is  in  us,  rid  us  of  bad 
habits,  subdue  the  sinful  passions  and  evil  in- 
clinations of  our  hearts;  He  wants  to  purify  our 
intentions,  perfect  our  virtues.  He  wants  to  give 
us  chances  to  gain  greater  merits  for  heaven. 

He  permits  the  devil,  therefore,  to  tempt  us. 
The  devil  could  do  very  little  himself,  if  he  had 
not  some  one  to  help  him.  He  has  two  pow- 
erful helpers,  and  he  engages  them — the  world 
and  our  own  corrupt  nature.  But,  I  must  re- 
peat again,  the  devil,  in  tempting  us,  cannot  go 
further  than  God  permits  him  to  go.  God 
never  allows  him  to  tempt  us  above  that  which 
we  are  able,  as  St.  Paul  says;  and  He  is  always 
at  our  side  with  His  grace,  ready  to  help  us 
overcome  the  temptation. 


RESISTING  TEMPTATION.  79 

Just  those  who  try  hard  to  be  good,  to  lead 
virtuous  lives,  have  to  suffer  most  from  these 
attacks  of  the  devil;  and,  you  understand,  it  is 
quite  natural.  The  devil,  so  to  speak,  runs  a 
great  ri^k  every  time  he  tempts  one.  He 
thinks,  perhaps  he  can  bring  you  into  sin ; 
and  then  you  will  lose  all.  If  you  resist  and 
overcome  his  temptation,  why,  then,  in 
spite  of  himself,  he  has  helped  you  to  gain 
new  merit  for  heaven.  You  may  imagine 
how  the  devil  froths  and  rages  when,  instead 
of  leading  you  to  sin  by  his  temptation,  he 
has  helped  you  thereby  to  something  good 
and  meritorious.  There  is  nothing  he  dis- 
likes more  than  this  :  helping  people  to  get  to 
heaven. 

What  should  you  do,  then,  when  the  devil 
tempts  you  ?  Resist  bravely  !  You  must  not 
fear  him.  Say  only  once,  "  Jesus,  Mary,  and 
Joseph,  protect  me ! '  that  will  make  the 
tempter  flee  immediately.  You  must  be 
prompt,  very  careful.  You  dare  not  be  half 
and  half,  wanting  to  play  with  the  temptation 
and  yet  not  sin. 

Especially,  you  must  try  to  accustom  yourself 
to  resist  the  .temptation  at  the  very  beginning, 
not  wait  until  it  gets  stronger,  and  will  be  hard- 


80  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

er  for  you  to  overcome.      A  certain  poet  says  : 

"Resist  beginnings:  all  too  late  the  cure, 

When  ills  have  gathered  strength  from  long  delay." 

"Little  by  little,"  says  The  Follomny  of 
Christ,  "  cloth  the  malignant  foe  gain  full  en- 
trance, when  he  is  not  resisted  in  the  begin- 
ning." 

You  must  not  be  down-hearted,  and  lose 
courage  when  you  are  tempted.  The  greater 
the  temptation,  the  more  reason  you  have  to  be 
satisfied,  nay,  even  to  rejoice.  God  looks  upon 
you  as  being  strong  in  spirit;  and  fie  wants 
you  to  become  stronger  still.  Look  about  you, 
and  examine.  Can  you  find  one  saint  who  was 
not  severely  tried,  either  by  bodily  affliction,  or 
spiritual  trouble,  or  by  both  together.  I  will 
conclude  with  the  following  admonition,  given 
us  by  Thomas  a  Kempis:  "  Let  us,  then, 
humble  our  souls  under  the  hand  of  God  in 
every  temptation  and  tribulation  ;  for  the 
humble  in  spirit  He  will  saye  and  exalt." 


XIV. 
Rash  Judgment. 

3,'HE  children  were   having  Catechism  in- 


struction. 

"  What   is     the     matter  ?  '     the    priest 
asked  a  boy  who  was  holding  up  his  hand. 

<%  Mary  "Watson  is  looking  in  her  book." 

"  Close  your  Catechism,  Mary,  and  put  it 
away  at  once,"  said  the  priest.  "  But  how 
could  you  know  she  was  looking  in  her  Cate- 
chism, Fred?  She  is  sitting  just  behind  you." 

"  I  saw  her  looking,"  said  the  boy. 

"  You  told  on  her,  and  by  that  you  tell 
on  yourself,"  continued  the  priest.  "You  could 
not  have  seen  her  looking  in  the  Catechism 
unless  you  looked  around  yourself.  That 
proves  that  you  have  not  paid  attention  as  you 
ought  to  have  done.  She  looks  in  her  bookr 
and  you  look  around  :  what  is  the  difference  ? 
Both  of  you  do  wrong  by  not  being  attentive." 

My  dear  children,  we  are  all  too  ready  to 
look  about  and  watch  others  and  find  out  their 
faults ;  and  in  so  doing  we  forget  ourselves, 
our  own  faults  and  imperfections.  The  Follow- 
ing of  Christ  repeatedly  calls  attention  to  this 

81 


82  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWEB  OF  JESUS. 

point,  and  lays  great  stress  on  it :  That  we 
should  not  busy  ourselves  so  much  with  the 
faults  of  others,  but  rather  and  much  more 
and  more  closely  look  after  ourselves.  * 

"  Turn   thine   eyes   back    upon   thyself ' 
words  from  the  first  book,  fourteenth  chapter- 
"  and  see  thou,  judge  not  the  doings  of  others." 
You  know  very  well  the  rule  Jesus  has  given 
iis  :  "  Cast  out  first  the  beam  out  of  thy  own 
•eye,  and  then  shalt  thou  see  to  cast  out  the 
mote  out  of  thy  brother's  eye." 

We  cannot  help  it,  certainly :  we  sometimes 
iiear  others  saying  something,  or  doing  some- 
thing, that  appears  to  us  or  that  we  know  to 
be  wrong.  It  is,  then,  nothing  out  of  the  way 
to  judge  of  the  thing  itself  ;  what  is  wrong  is 
wrong,  as  far  as  the  thing  or  matter  is  con- 
cerned, be  it  word  or  act.  But  we  do  not  stop 
;there,  v/e  go  further.  "We  pass  over  the  word 
or  action,  and  judge  the  intention,  and  that  is 
wrong,  that  is  rash  judgment. 

A  person  may  have  said  or  done  something 
ithat  was  wrong  in  itself,  outwardly ;  but  we 
cannot  look  into  the  inside,  we  cannot  see  the 
intention.  Maybe  the  person  does  not  know 
that  such  a  thing  is  wrong  ;  maybe,  behind 
this  ignorance,  if  I  may  say  so,  there  lies  hid- 


RASH  JUDGMENT.  83 

• 

den  the  very  best  of  intentions.  Therefore,  we 
must  be  careful.  "We  may  judge  a  thing  to  be 
wrong,  and,  if  a  favorable  occasion  presents 
itself,  and  we  think  our  effort  will  be  of  avail, 
we  may  instruct  the  person  and  show  how  and 
why  it  is  wrong ;  but  we  have  no  right  to 
judge  the  intention. 

Another  thing  to  be  considered  is  this  :  we 
all  have  our  own  notions,  feelings,  and  likings. 
To  these  notions,  feelings,  and  likings  we  are 
apt  to  hold  fast.  Our  self-love  makes  us  clii^g 
to  them  ;  to  give  them  up  is  the  hardest  thing 
for  us  to  do.  We  try  to  persuade  ourselves 
that  everybody  else  ought  to  think,  feel,  and  like 
as  we  do.  This  inclines  us  to  judge  rashly  of 
others.  We  even  go  so  far  as  to  misinterpret 
the  good  deeds  of  our  neighbors ;  we  close 
our  eyes  to  the  good  deed  itself,  saying  that 
there  is  a  wrong  intention  underlying  it.  How 
very  sinful  this  is!  How  unworthy  of  one  who 
professes  to  be  a  follower  of  Jesus,  who  says  : 
''Judge  not,  and  you  shall  not  be  judged." 

From  these  rash  judgments  frequently  arise 
great  difficulties  and  disturbances.  Friends 
are  separated,  families  disunited,  and  discord 
is  sown  among  neighbors.  My  little  follower 
of  Jesus,  beware  of  rash  judgment. 


84  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

_____ _• 

What  should  you  do  to  avoid  such  sin  and 
trouble  ?  First,  never  make  it  your  business 
to  observe  others— never,  unless  God  has  made 
it  one  of  your  duties  to  do  so.  Parents  must 
have  a  watchful  eye  on  their  children,  teach- 
ers on  their  pupils,  and  all  superiors  on  their 
inferiors  and  subjects ;  it  is  their  duty,  and 
therefore  their  business. 

If  something  bad  is  done,  and  it  is  not 
known  who  did  it,  do  not  make  it  your  busi- 
ness to  ferret  out  the  perpetrators,  unless  it  is 
your  duty  to  do  so.  Such  detective  business 
frequently  leads  to  grievous  sin.  You  know 
what  it  is  to  sin  by  false  suspicion. 

Secondly,  if  you  happen  to  see  or  hear 
something  that  is  wrong,  then,  if  you  can,  and 
there  is  any  prospect  that  it  will  do  good, 
speak  to  the  one  that  has  done  the  wrong,  and 
correct  him  in  brotherly  charity.  If  the  evil 
is  great,  and  it  threatens  to  do  great  injury  to 
the  soul  of  him  who  does  it,  then  it  may  be 
your  duty  to  tell  your  superiors  about  it — the 
parents,  the  teacher,  or  the  priest,  according 
to  circumstances.  But,  do  not  forget  that  you 
must  never  misjudge  another's  intention. 

Thirdly,  strive  to  purify  your  own  heart. 
This  I  put  last,  this  time ;  it  ought  to  come 


RASH  JUDGMENT.  85 


first.  In  all  that  you  do,  try  to  have  a  pure 
intention — the  honor  of  God,  the  welfare  of 
your  neighbor,  and  your  own  spiritual  good. 
Thomas  a  Kempis  says  :  "  Many  secretly 
seek  themselves  in  what  they  do,  and  are  not 
aware  of  it."  You  ought  to  make  yourselves 
aware  of  what  you  are  seeking. 

Do  not  give  up  until  you  know  all  your 
faults,  evil  habits,  bad  passions,  inclinations 
to  evil.  Judge  yourself,  but  not  others.  And 
Jesus,  our  merciful  Redeemer,  will  give  you 
the  grace  to  persevere  in  this  war  with  your- 
self, and  help  you  to  gain  the  victory ! 

"  In  judging  others  a  man  toileth  in  vain ; 
for  the  most  part  he  is  mistaken,  and  he  easily 
sinneth  ;  but  judging  and  scrutinizing  himself, 
he  always  laboreth  with  profit."  These  are 
words  taken  from  The  Following  of  Christ ;  are 
they  not  true? 


XV. 
Works  done  out  of  Charity. 

blessed  Redeemer,  we  sometimes 
might  think,  gives  us  quite  contradictory 
rules  to  follow  and  practise.  For  in- 
stance, He  says  :  "  Let  your  light  so  shine  be- 
fore men,  that  they  may  see  your  good  works, 
and  glorify  your  Father  who  is  in  heaven." 
Then,  again,  He  says  :  "  When  thou  givest  alms, 
let  not  thy  left  hand  know  what  thy  right  hand 
doeth.''  Does  not  this  seem  to  be  contradic- 
tory ?  We  shall  do  our  good  works  so  that 
our  fellow-men  may  see  them,  and  yet  we 
should  also  hide  our  good  works,  so  that,  as  it 
were,  even  our  left  hand  might  not  know  what 
the  right  hand  is  doing.  The  following  little 
story  may  help  you  to  understand  our  Saviour's 
meaning  with  regard  to  the  above  two  pas- 
sages : 

The  editor  of  a  daily  paper  one  day  received 
the  following  note,  sent  to  him  privately 
through  the  mail : 

DEAR  EDITOR.— Will  you  please  forward  the  enclosed  sum 
of  ten  dollars  to  that  poor  woman  whose  husband,  lately,  was 
run  over  by  the  cars  and  killed  ?  The  widow  being  thus,  her- 


THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OE  JESUS.  8? 

self  aiid  children,  left  without  a  supporter,  is  in  sore  distress 
and  suffers  great  want;  this  donation  will,  I  trust,  go  some 
way  in  relieving  her  and  her  poor  orphans.  I  ask  nothing  in 

return  but  their  blessing  and  prayers.     From 

•         A  FRIEND. 

The  widow's  grateful  answer,  as  published 
in  the  paper  next  day,  was  this  : 

DEAR  EDITOR. — The  widow  and  her  orphans  wish  hereby 
publicly  to  express  their  most  heartfelt  thanks  for  the  chari- 
table gift  of  ten  dollars  sent  us.  The  money  was  duly  received ' 
and  it  was  more  than  enough  to  satisfy  our  present  wants, 
Though  our  benefactor  is  unknown  to  us,  and  will  not  reveal 
himself,  G-od  knows  him,  and  has  noted  his  work  of  charity. 
All  we  can  do  is,  as  our  benefactor  himself  requests,  to  bless 
him  for  his  charity  and  to  pray  for  him.  This  we  will  do  as 
long  as  we  live.  May  the  good  God  reward  him,  even  here  on 
this  earth,  a  hundredfold  ! 

See,  my  little  followers  of  Jesus,  this  is  an 
example  from  which  you  can  learn  how  you 
may  give  alms,  or  do  good  some  other  way  to 
your  fellow-men,  so  that  your  left  hand  will 
not  know  what  your  right  hand  is  doing.  How 
beautiful  is  such  charity  !  How  happy  it  must 
make  him  feel  who  practises  it !  How  pleas- 
ing it  is  to  God,  and  how  richly  He  will  reward 
it! 

In  that  same  city  there  lived  a  man  who  was 
very  rich.  God  had  blessed  him  with  an 
abundance  of  wealth  ;  and,  thanks  be  to  the 


88  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

same  good  God,  lie  knew  what  use  to  make  of 
his  wealth.  The  man  was  as  charitable  as  he 
was  rich. 

Did  people*know  he  was  charitable  ?  Yes. 
How  did  they  find  it  out  ?  There  was  never  a 

«, 

good  work  of  charity  to  be  done  in  the  congre- 
gation, or  in  the  city,  but  this  rich  man  took 
part  in  it.  On  the  list  of  contributors,  his 
name  generally  stood  at  the  head.  He  was 
always  liberal ;  his  contributions,  on  compar- 
ing, were  always  found  to  be  the  largest. 

As  often,  however,  as  he  contributed  to  pub- 
lic charity,  there  was  always  one  thing  he 
principally  aimed  at :  he  never  wished  people 
to  find  out  how  much  he  had  given.  They 
might  know  that  he  had  contributed,  but  they 
should  not  know  how  much.  Sometimes,  in 
spite  of  his  efforts  to  hide  it,  it  would  come 
out  anyway,  and  then,  when  people  would  ad- 
mire him  for  it,  and  praise  his  charity,  he  was 
very  much  displeased,  and  seemed  to  be  pained 
about  it. 

But  still  greater  was  this  man's  private 
charity  to  the  poor,  the  sick,  the  afflicted  of 
any  and  every  class.  He  was,  therefore,  ven- 
erated by  all,  and  loved  as  a  father.  His 
greatest  pleasure  was  to  help  the  poor  in  such 


WORKS   DO]$"E   OUT   OF   CHARITY.  89 

a  way  that  no  one  might  find  out  whence  the 
charity  came.  God  only  should  know  it ; 
that  was  enough  for  him.  Well,  can  you  guess 
now  from  whom  those  ten  dollars  came,  that 
were  sent  to  the  widow  and  her  children,  by 
the  editor  of  the  daily  paper  ?  They  were  the 
gift  of  this  rich  man.  Here,  then,  my  dear 
children,  you  have  an  example  both  of  how  you 
should  let  your  light  shine  among  men,  and 
also  how  your  right  hand  can  do  good  without 
your  left  hand  finding  it  out.  Do  you  under- 
stand now  what  Jesus  means  ? 

Oh,  if  there  were  only  more  of  such  charity 
in  the  world  !  Poor  people  would  not  complain 
so  much  and  so  often  of  hard  times,  poor 
wages,  poverty,  and  distress.  My  dear  readers, 
make  a  firm  resolution  to  practise  this  chari- 
ty as  often  as  }TOU  can,  and  as  long  as  you 
live. 

This  is  what  you  ought  to  remember  :  First, 
you  must  strive  always  to  live  in  the  state  of 
grace.  If  you  had  had  the  misfortune  to  com- 
mit a  mortal  sin,  then  make  an  act  of  perfect 
contrition  right  away,  and  go  to  confession  as 
soon  as  you  can.  Not  mentioning  that  as  long 
as  you  are  in  mortal  sin  you  are  in  danger  of 
eternal  damnation,  you  can  gain  no  merits  for 


90  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

heaven  by  any  good  that  you  do  in  that  state 
of  sin. 

Secondly,  do  the  good  work  with  the  best 
intention,  from  the  purest  motive.  Your  in- 
tention should  be  :  "  All  out  of  love  to  Jesus, 
to  honor  and  glorify  God  ! '  Do  not  seek  the 
praise  of  men ;  hide  your  good  works  from 
them  as  much  as  you  can.  People  may  know 
that  you  have  given,  for  the  sake  of  the  good 
example  ;  but  do  not  let  them  know,  if  you 
can  help  it,  how  much  or  what  you  have  given. 

Thirdly,  give  in  the  right  disposition.  Do 
not  ask  :  "  How  much  are  others  giving  ?  I 
will  give  as  much  as  he  gives."  No.  Give 
what  you  can,  be  it  much  or  be  it  little,  and 
give  it  with  a  good  will.  Do  not  measure  your- 
self with  others.  First  you  may  view  your 
own  circumstances  and  ability,  and  then  turn 
your  eyes  wholly  to  God.  Do  not  say  :  "  If  I 
were  better  off,  if  the  times  were  not  so  hard, 
I  would  give  more."  Give  what  you  want  to 
give,  or  can  give — simply,  willingly,  gladly ! 

For  the  conclusion,  reflect  on  these  words 
from  Thomas  a  Kempis  :  "  Without  charity, 
the  outward  work  profiteth  nothing  ;  but  what- 
ever is  done  out  of  charity,  be  it  ever  so  little 
and  contemptible,  it  is  all  made  fruitful,  inas- 


WORKS  DONE  OUT  OF  CHARITY. 


91 


much  as  God  regardetk  more  out  of  how  much 
love  a  man  doth  a  work,  than  how  much  he 
doth.  He  doth  much  who  loveth  much." 


XVI. 
Bearing  the  Faults  of  Others. 

thou  canst  not  make  thyself  what  thou 
wouldst  be,  how  canst  thou  expect  to 
have  another  so  exactly  to  thy  mind  ?  ' 
asks  The  Following  of  Christ.  This  question, 
my  dear  readers,  hits  the  nail  right  on  the 
head,  as  we  say.  Don't  you  think  so,  too  ? 
We  are  all  so  much  that  way ;  we  want  every- 
body to  have  patience  with  us,  to  bear  with 
our  annoying  ways  and  manners,  but  we  our- 
selves will  have  patience  with  nobody  ;  every- 
body and  everything  must  be  so  smooth,  as 
not  to  give  us  the  least  offence.  But  that  is 
not  the  spirit  of  Jesus. 

Open  the  gospels  and  read  the  life  of  your 
Saviour,  study  it  carefully  ;  you  will  find  that, 
among  the  many  •  virtues  He  exercised,  this 
one  of  patience  in  bearing  with  the  weaknesses 
and  faults  of  others  shines  forth  as  one  of  the 
brightest.  What  patient  forbearance,  for  in- 
stance, did  He  not  exercise  towards  His  apos- 
tles ! 

He  had  them  about  Himself,  nearly  day  and 
night,  for  three  years.  He  takes  the  greatest 


BEARING  THE  FAULTS  OF  OTHERS.  93 


pains  to  instruct  them,  to  explain  His  doc- 
trines, to  lay  before  them  plainly  his  mission, 
that  He  has  come  to  suffer  and  die  for  the 
redemption  of  mankind.  He  endeavors  to 
draw  them  away  from  earthly  pursuits,  to  fill 
them  with  his  own  spirit,  to  make  them  un- 
derstand the  mission  on  which  they  themselves 
are  to  be  sent,  to  convert  the  world  for  Him, 
to  lay  down  their  lives  for  His  holy  religion. 
How  dull  is  their  understanding  !  How  wrong 
many  of  their  notions !  How  awkward  their 
doings,  and  how  childish,  sometimes,  their  talk ! 
At  one  time,  during  a  storm  on  the  lake,  they 
wake  Him  up,  saying :  '  Lord,  save  us,  we 
perish."  Jesus  calls  them :  "  Ye  of  little 
faith !  '  Peter  wants  to  prevent  Our  Lord 
from  suffering  ;  Jesus  gives  him  a  rebuke  and 
a  correction.  Jesus  wants  to  bless  children, 
but  the  apostles  try  to  keep  them  away  from 
Him;  He  tells  them:  "Let  the  little  ones 
come  to  Me,  and  forbid  them  not."  The 
mother  of  the  two  Zebedees  asks  Jesus  to  per- 
mit that  her  two  sons  should  hold  the  first 
two  places  in  His  kingdom,  the  one  to  His 
right,  the  other  to  His  left.  Our  Lord  an- 
swers :  "  You  know  not  what  you  ask.''  When 
Mary  Magdalene  anoints  our  Saviour  in  the 


94  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

house  of  the  Pharisee,  the  apostles  get  angry 
and  say  :     "  To  what  purpose  is  this  waste  ?  ' 
Jesus  answers :     "  Why   do  you  trouble  this 
woman?'       The    disciples    quarrel    amongst 
themselves  as  to  who  was  to  be  the  first  and 
greatest    in    Christ's    kingdom  ;    the    Master 
teaches  them  that  he  who  would  become  the 
lowest  in  humility  would  be  the  highest  be- 
fore  God.     After   His   agony   in   the  garden, 
Jesus  returns  to  His  apostles  and  finds  them 
sleeping.     He  told  them  :     "  Watch  and  pray, 
lest  you  enter  into  temptation! '    and  now  He 
says  :     "  What !  could  you  not  watch  one  hour 
with  Me  ?  '      Judas  betrays  his  Master  ;  Peter 
denies  Him,  in  spite  of  his  liveliest  attestation 
of  fidelity;    the    other   disciples    all   forsake 
Jesus,  and  run  away  when  He  is  taken  captive 
by  the  soldiers  ;  yet  Jesus  has  patience  still, 
and  bears  with  the  weakness  of  His  Apostles. 
This   is   Jesus,   our   Model,   whom   we    must 
follow. 

On  one  special  occasion,  when  Jesus  wished 
to  enter  the  city  of  Samaria,  and  the  inhabi- 
tants refused  to  receive  Him,  two  of  the  apos- 
tles, James  and  John,  said  :  "  Lord,  wilt 
Thou  that  we  command  fire  to  come  down 
from  heaven  and  consume  them  ?  '  Jesus 


BEARING  THE  FAULTS  Or  OTHERS. 

answers:  "You  know  not  of  what  spirit  you 
are !  The  Son  of  Man  came  not  to  destroy 
souls,  but  to  save  !  '  Do  you  understand  now 
what  is  the  spirit  of  Jesus  ?  And  will  you  try, 
as  followers  of  Jesus,  to  acquire  this  spirit  for 
yourselves  ?  "  Learn  of  Me,  for  I  am  meek 

t> 

and  humble  of  heart,"  says  our  divine  Model. 

The  Saints  had  this  same  spirit.  They  al- 
ways had  great  patience  with  others,  When- 
ever anything  happened  that  was  naturally 
annoying,  they  let  it  pass  by  and  took  it  all 
quietly.  I  will  give  you  an  example. 

St.  Ephrem  had  been  fasting  for  several 
days,  when  he  told  his  servant  to  cook  and 
dish  up  a  mess  of  vegetables.  He  was  sitting 
in  his  room,  waiting.  The  servant  comes 
along,  carrying  the  bowl  of  cooked  vegetables, 
but,  alas  !  as  he  enters  through  the  door  'he 
stumbles  and  falls.  The  bowl  is  broken  to 
pieces,  the  rness  of  vegetables  poured  out  on 
the  floor. 

What  do  you  think  now  ?  Did  the  Saint 
bristle  up  and  get  angry  ?  Did  he  stamp  the 
floor  and  scold  ?  Did  he  say  :  "  You  con- 
founded simpleton !  can't  you  take  more 
care  ?  '  Ah,  no  !  Ephrem  was  a  saint !  The 
servant,  poor  fellow,  turned  quite  pale  from 


1)0  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

fear,  but  his  master  remained  quiet,  and  said 
in  a  pleasant  tone  :  "  Don't  be  disturbed,  my 
dear  son.  Since  the  pottage  will  not  come  to 
me  to  be  eaten,  I  must  go  down  to  it."  And 
the  saint  sat  down  on  the  floor,  and  scraping 
together  the  spilled  vegetables,  ate  of  them  as 
much  as  he  could  take  up. 

You  may  have  to  live  with  children  that  are 
cross,  and  ill-mannered,  and  hard  to  get  along 
with;  or  you  may  have  to  reside  in  a  neighbor- 
hood where  people,  grown  and  children,  are 
very  coarse  in  language  and  rough  in  manners  ; 
or  you  may  go  out  into  the  country  to  visit 
your  relations  ;  you  find  the  folks,  especially 
the  children,  so  ill-bred  and  vulgar  ;  in  short, 
you  will  often  have  to  deal  with  persons  who 
have  all  kinds  of  curious  ways  and  strange 
manners,  hard  to  get  along  with.  What  then  ? 
First :  remember  that  you  have  your 
faults,  as  well  as  others.  You  must  not  expect 
others  to  be  perfect,  or  to  become  so  in  a 
short  time,  when  you  are  far  from  being  per- 
fect yourself.  Secondly  :  if  you  can  do  any- 
thing to  improve  your  surroundings  in  wavs 
and  manners,  you  may  try  it ;  but  do  so  with 
a  good  intention  and  in  the  right  way.  Above 
all,  as  the  Latin  proverb  says,  '•  Festina  len- 


BEARIXG  THE  FAULTS  OF  OTHERS.  97 

te,"  which  means  in  English,  "  Make  haste 
slowly !  '  Rome  was  not  built  in  one  day. 
You  will  not  improve  much,  neither  yourself 
nor  others,  if  you  imagine  it  all  has  to  be 
done  in  one  day.  Take  it  slowly.  Give  your- 
self and  others  plenty  of  time.  A  spirit  of 
gentleness  and  patient  forbearance  will  do 
wonders,  whereas  rashness  and  impatience 
will  only  spoil  and  waste. 

"  Study  to  be  patient,"  says  Thomas  a  Kem- 
pis,  "  in  learning  the  defects  of  others,  and 
their  infirmities,  be  they  what  they  may,  for 
thou  hast  many  things  which  others  must 
bear  withal. 


XVII. 
Vocation. 

Following  of  Christ,"  in  chapter  the 
seventeenth  of  the  first  book,  treats  on 
the  Monastic  Life  ;  that  is,  it  tells  us  how 
a  person  must  be  and  what  he  must  do  to  lead 
a  good  and  happy  life  as  member  of  a  religious 
order  or  community.  Instead  of  speaking  to 
you  about  religious  or  monastic  life  in  partic- 
ular, I  wish  rather  to  say  a  few  words  about 
vocation  in  general. 

God  calls  every  person  growing  up  to  man- 
hood or  womanhood  to  serve  Him  in  a  certain 
station  of  life.  This  calling,  which  God  gives 
one,  as  also  the  station  of  life  that  one  em- 
braces after  perceiving  this  call,  are  both 
called  vocation.  We  pray  to  God  to  show  us 
our  vocation  ;  and  when  once  he  has  shown  it 
to  us,  and  we  know  it,  and  have  entered  it  ac- 
cording to  His  holy  will,  we  keep  on  praying 
to  God  that  He  may  assist  us  constantly  with 
His  grace  to  faithfully  serve  Him  in  that  voca- 
tion, to  do  His  holy  will  until  death. 

It  is  all-important  to  find  out  this  vocation 
and  to  embrace  it.  If  one  should  happen  to 


98 


VOCATION.  99 


enter  the  wrong  vocation — a  vocation  to  which 
God  has  not  called  him — it  would  be  a  dread- 
ful misstep,  and  might  prove  to  be  a  fatal  one. 
God,  in  a  certain  measure,  gives  His  graces 
according  to  the  vocation  He  has  marked  out 
for  one.  If  you  have  embraced  that  station  of 
life  to  which  God  has  called  you,  you  will  re- 
ceive those  special  graces  He  has  prepared  for 
you— graces  that  are  necessary  to  fulfil  the 
duties  of  your  station  faithfully  and  persever- 
ingly,  and  to  overcome  bravely  the  obstacles 
that  you  will  meet  with  in  your  way.  If  you 
have  embraced  the  wrong  vocation,  then, 
naturally,  many  of  these  graces  will  be  wanting, 
and  the  difficulties  on  your  way  greater. 

You  must  not  think,  however,  that,  if  you 
should  have  chanced  to  make  the  misstep, 
that  is,  if  you  have  entered  the  wrong  vocation, 
you  must  then  give  yourself  up  for  lost.  No, 
indeed !  Never  give  yourself  up  for  lost. 
God  is  always  willing,  even  if  you  have  entered 
a  vocation  against  His  will,  to  give  you  all  the 
graces  you  may  stand  in  need  of  in  order  to 
save  your  soul  in  that  vocation.  But  you  will 
meet  with  and  have  to  overcome  greater  ob- 
stacles, and  your  work  will  be  a  great  deal 
harder.  It  is  like  this  :  instead  of  taking  the 


915248 


100  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

straight,  smooth  road  to  your  home,  you  have 
taken  a  side  road,  rough,  full  of  logs,  stumps, 
mud-puddles,  briars,  and  thorns  ;  it  is  a  long, 
roundabout  way,  hard  to  travel ;  but  keep  on 
faithfully  ;  even  on  that  road  you  can  still 
reach  your  home  ! 

From  this  you  can  see  how  important  it  is 
to  find  out  one's  vocation,  and  after  having 
found  it,  to  follow  it.  How  many  vocations 
are  there  ?  And  what  should  you  do  to  find 
out  your  own  ? 

Vocations  may  be  divided  into  two  classes  : 
Life  in  the  world,  and  life  consecrated  to  God 
in  religion.  Life  in  the  world  may  be  of  two 
kinds  :  single  life,  and  married  life.  So,  also, 
life  in  religion  may  be  of  two  kinds :  the 
priesthood,  and  life  in  a  religious  order  or 
community,  as  Brother  or  Sister. 

Of  all  these  different  vocations  it  may  not 
be  wrong  to  assert  that  that  of  married  life, 
though  not  the  highest  in  worth,  is  yet  the 
most  important,  on  account  of  the  manifold, 
far-reaching,  grave  duties  connected  with  it- 
duties  on  whose  fulfilment  both  the  temporal 
and  eternal  welfare  'of  all  mankind  depend. 

Why  is  it  that  there  is  so  much  misery  in 
family  life  ?  that  so  many  families  are  unhappy, 


VOCATION.  101 


even  here  in  this  world,  and  are  doing  nothing 
but  making  themselves  unhappy  also  for  the 
next  ?  Certainly,  there  may  be  many  other 
reasons,  different  from  the  one  given  here  ;  but 
in  many  a  case,  this  may  be  the  first  cause  of 
all  the  subsequent  misery  :  father  and  mother 
were  not  called  to  enter  the  married  state  ;  01% 
they  were  not  called  to  be  partners  in  that 
state  ;  they  have  entered  the  wrong  vocation. 
Thanks  to  the  good  God  !  There  are  many 
whom  God  calls  to  the  holy  state  of  the  priest- 
hood, and  to  a  religious  life,  even  in  our  days. 
God  will  never  let  these  vocations  die  out,  if 
we  may  say  so.  But  the  number  of  persons 
living  a  single  life  in  the  world,  comparatively, 
is  very  small.  What  do  you  think?  Is  the 
state  of  single  life  in  the  world,  consecrated  to 
virginal  purity,  less  pleasing  to  God  than  it 
was  hundreds  of  vears  ao:o? 

«.'  O 

Ah,  yes  !  it  is  so  important  to  find  out  one's 
right  vocation. 

Then,  what  should  you  do  to  find  it  out? 

»/ 

When  the  time  has  come  for  you  to  choose  a 
vocation,  then  do  as  follows  :  first,  you  must 
see  to  have  yourself  instructed  in  all  that  is 
necessary  for  you  to  know  concerning  the 
various  stations  of  life.  Such  books  as  k<  The 


102  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

Youth's  Director,"  "  Catholic  Christian  In- 
structed," and  others  that  might  be  named, 
will  give  you  much  of  the  information  you  may 
need.  For  particular  instructions  apply  to 
the  priest,  your  pastor.  Secondly,  you  must 
pray  much  and  devoutly  to  the  Holy  Ghost. 
I  would  especially  counsel  you  to  make  a 
novena — nine  days'  devotion — to  the  Blessed 
Yirgin,  the  Mother  of  Good  Counsel.  During 
the  devotion  try  to  go  to  confession  and  to 
holy  Communion  once  extra.  Thirdly,  it  will 
also  be  good  if,  in  a  general  confession  of  your 
whole  life,  you  will  open  your  heart  to  a  good, 
learned,  and  experienced  confessor,  and  let  him 
guide  you  in  this  all-important  affair. 

If  you  do  all  this  in  humility,  and  with  a 
good  will  and  intention,  God  will  not  fail  to 
show  you  the  way.  Whatever,  then,  be  your 
vocation,  strike  out  for  it  courageously,  and 
hold  on  to  it  faithfully. 

You  must  not  envy  others,  who  may  be  called 
by  God  to  something  higher  and  better  than 

you   are.     Be  vou  faithful  in  the  little,   and 

««  *j 

you  shall  have  the  same  reward  as  flrose  that 
have  been  faithful  in  the  great.  King  David 
said  to  his  men  after  the  battle  with  the  Amal- 
ekites  : 


VOCATION.  103 


"  Equal  shall  be  the  portion  of  him  who 
went  down  to  battle,  and  of  him  that  abode  at 
the  baggage  :  and  they  shall  divide  alike." 

My  little  follower  of  Jesus,  this  chapter 
must  close  now.  I  would  like  to  wedge  in  a 
little  story,  by  way  of  illustration  ;  but  you 
must  do  without  it  this  time.  St.  Paul  ad- 
monishes us  :  • "  As  God  hath  called  every  man 
so  let  him  walk."  "  A  cripple  limping  in  the 
right  way  is  better  than  a  racer  out  of  it,"  says 
St.  Augustine.  And  Thomas  a  Kempis  re- 
marks :  "  He  that  seeketh  anything  else  but 
simply  God  and  the  salvation  of  his  soul,  will 
find  nothing  but  trouble  and  sorrow. 


XVIII, 
Example  of  the  Saints. 

man  lighteth  a  candle,"  says  Jesus, 
an(l  ptftteth  it  in  a  hidden  place, 
nor  under  a  bushel ;  but  upon  a  candle- 
stick, that  all  who  come  in  may  see  the 
light." 

If  you  read  the  lives  of  the  saints,  and  com- 
pare one  with  the  other,  you  will  find  that 
most  of  them,  as  in  other  points,  so  also 
agreed  in  this :  They  tried  to  keep  their 
good  works  secret,  to  hide  the  light  of  holi- 
ness that  was  burning  in  their  lives.  The 
world,  frequently,  knew  them  not,  made  little 
of  them,  despised  them,  persecuted  them  ;  so 
that  the  wicked,  on  the  Day  of  Judgment,  ac- 
.  cording  to  Holy  Scripture,  will  say  :  "  These 
are  they,  whom  we  had  sometime  in  derision, 
and  for  a  parable  of  reproach.  We  fools  es- 
teemed their  life  madness,  and  their  end  with- 
out honor.  Behold,  how  they  are  numbered 
among  the  children  of  God,  and  their  lot  is 
among  the  saints." 

But  God  does  not  wait  till  the  Day  of  Judg- 
ment to  reveal  this  beautiful  light  of  holiness 

104 


EXAMPLE  OF  THE  SAIKTS.  105 

in  His  saints.  He  put  many  of  them  on  the 
candlestick  even  while  they  were  yet  living  in 
this  world.  Do  what  they  would  to  hide  the 
light,  God  so  disposed  that  it  had  to  break 
forth.  It  shone  brightly,  and  enlightened  the 
darkness  of  the  world  round  about  them. 
Their  example  was  a  silent  but  powerful  ser- 
mon, that  often  did  more  to  draw  sinners  out 
of  their  wickedness  and  drive  them  on  toward 
God  than  the  most  eloquent  missionary  could 
do  with  all  his  preaching. 

St.  Francis  of  Assisi  went  out  one  day  with 
one  of  his  brethren,  with  the  intention,  as  he 
said,  of  preaching  a  sermon.  They  passed 
through  the  town,  one  street  after  another, 
without,  however;  saying  a  single  word.  The 
people  came  out  to  meet  them,  not  to  hear 
the  sermon,  but  to  scoff  at  them,  to  load  them 
with  insults. 

When  thev  returned  home,  St.  Francis  asked 

*j 

his  companion  :  "  Well,  my  brother,  how  did 
you  like  my  sermon  ?  ' 

"Father,"  said  the  latter,  "what  shall  I 
say  ?  I  heard  nothing  like  a  sermon.  You 
did  not  say  even  one  word." 

"Yet  we  have  both  preached  a  good  ser- 
mon," replied  the  saint.  "By  our  good 


100  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

example  we  have   taught   them  how  to  bear 
insults  patiently  and  in  silence." 

Do  you  see?  This  is  the  way  the  saints 
all  preached. 

Sometimes  God  so  ordained  that  the  sanc- 
tity of  His  saints  remained  hidden  to  the 
world  as  long  as  they  lived ;  but  so  much  the 
brighter  did  the  light  shine  forth  after  their 
death.  Kead  your  "  Lives  of  the  Saints  ; ' 
there  is  light  in  it,  and  fire. 

My  dear  little  follower  of  Jesus,  we  *  all 
should  look  up  to  this  light ;  we  should  draw 
near  and  warm  ourselves  at  this  heavenly  fire. 
It  is  the  fire  of  God's  love  that  burned,  and  is 
burning  still,  in  the  hearts  of  His  saints.  The 
same  fire  should  burn  in  our  hearts.  Let  me 
tell  you  what  3-011  ought  to  do. 

First :  you  ought  to  have  a  "  Legend  of 
Saints  '^iii  your  house.  If  you  have  none  yet, 
your  parents  certainly  -will  get  you  one  as 
soon  as  they  can,  if  you  ask  them.  Do  not 
let  it  lie  idle,  though  ;  you  ought  to  read  in  it 
every  day.  You  ought,  at  least,  to  read  the 
life  of  the  saint  that  is  given  for  each  day. 
Read  it  carefully,  not  merely  for  pastime. 
Try  to  find  out  which  is  the  principal  virtue 
for  which  the  saint  was  renowned ;  make  up 


EXAMPLE  OF  THE  SAINTS.  107 

your  resolution  to  imitate  it.  In  this  way  you 
will  draw  great  benefit  from  your  reading. 
The  "  Lives  of  the  Saints  "  is  the  Gospel  car- 
ried out  in  practice. 

^Secondly :  there  will  be  a  few  saints  for 
whom  you  will  feel  a  special  liking.  They 
hold  a  higher  place  in  your  regard  and  affec- 
tion than  others.  Read  their  lives  frequently, 
and  with  particular  care  ;  and  take  special 
pains  to  imitate  their  virtues. 

Thirdly :  you  ought  to  have  a  book  con- 
taining, more  extensive  and  complete,  the  life 
of  the  saint  whose  name  you  bear.  Read  that 
book  through  often  ;  get  it  by  heart,  I  might 
say.  Strive  to  imitate  your  patron,  and  you 
will  become,  like  him,  a  true  follower  of  Jesus. 

Thomas  a  Kempis  says  :  "  They,  the  holy 
Fathers,  were  given  for  an  example  to  all  re- 
ligious ;  and  ought  more  to  excite  us  to  ad- 
vance in  good  than  the  number  of  lukewarm 
induce  us  to  grow  remiss." 


XIX. 

Exercises  of  a  Good  Christian. 

'HE  Following  of  Christ,".in  this  chapter, 
treats  on  "  The  Exercises  of  a  Good 
Eeligious."     Our  title  is  a  little  differ- 
ent in  one  word.     Instead  of  "  Eeligious  "  we 
put  "Christian." 

If  you  have  the  book,  or  can  easily  get  it,  I 
would  advise  you,  before  you  proceed  any  fur- 
ther in  reading  this,  to  read  that  chapter  in  Tie 
Following  of  Christ.  It  is  chapter  the  nine- 
teenth of  book  the  first.  There  is  so  much  said 
there  that  I  cannot  repeat  here.  Eead  it  slow- 
ly. Pause  after  every  verse  and  ponder 
it.  Indeed,  it  is  worth  thinking  over  :  every 
verse — so  true — is  of  more  worth  than  gold  ! 

Now,  let  us  go  on.  A  good  Christian  means 
a  good  follower  of  Christ.  It  is  your  purpose, 
is  it  not,  to  become  a  good,  true  follower  of 
Jesus  ?  Then,  look  ahead  !  Jesus  goes  before 
you  :  keep  up  your  courage  and  push  on  after 
your  Saviour. 

Here  are  a  few  rules,  together  with  some 
points  of  good  advice. 

First  :     you   must   have  a   constant   desire 

108 


EXERCISES  OE  A  GOOD  CHRISTIAN.  109 

to  become  better,  to  get  up  nearer  to  Jesus. 
You  must  pray  for  this  desire  every  day ;  pray 
that  it  may  not  get  weaker,  but  rather  increase 
in  strength  from  day  to  day.  "  This  is  our 
life,"  says  St.  Augustine  :  "  to  make  progress 
in  virtue  by  continual  desire."  And  St.  Ber- 
nard says  :  "  He  that  will  not  go  forward, 
without  doubt  begins  to  go  backward." 

Secondly  :  you  must  not  be  satisfied  with 
having  a  general  desire  for  perfection.  You 
ought  to  have  a  special  good  resolution  every 
morning  to  strive  after  perfection  ;  to  make 
good  use  of  the  means  that  will  help  you  for- 
ward ;  to  avoid  all  that  might  hinder  you.  "  As 
our  purpose  is,"  says  Thomas  a  Kenipis,  "  so 
will  our  progress  be  ;  and  there  is  need  of 
much  diligence  for  him  that  wisheth  to  ad- 
vance much." 

Thirdly :  with  this  general  desire  and 
special  purpose,  you  must  unite  those  exer- 
cises that  all  good  Christians  who  are  earnest 
about  their  salvation  undertake  and  perform. 
First  come  morning  and  evening  prayers.  I 
hope  your  parents  have  introduced  it  as  a  rule 
in  the  family,  and  have  it  observed  strictly 
every  day,  to  say  morning  and  evening  pray- 
ers together,  parents  and  children.  If  not, 


110  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

you  must  do  it  alone  for  yourself.  You  need 
not  expect  that  you  will  ever  become  a  true 
follower  of  Jesus,  unless  you  are  punctual  in 
this,  saying  your  morning  and  night  pray- 
ers !  Next  comes  the  daily  examination  of 
your  conscience.  Do  that  in  the  evening,  be- 
fore you  retire  to  bed.  Especially  examine 
yourself  as  to  your  prevailing  passion,  or 
strongest  evil  inclination.  After  the  examina- 
tion, never  fail  to  make  an  act  of  contrition. 
The  acts  of  faith,  hope,  and  charity  you  might 
make  in  the  morning,  as  part  of  your  morning 
prayers.  But  do  not  fail  to  make  them  every  day. 

You  should  also  receive  the  sacraments — go 
to  confession  and  holy  Communion  often, —  at 
least  once  a  month. 

Lastly,  I  would  advise  you  to  make  a  reso- 
lution every  morning  to  do  something  particu- 
lar that  day  which  will  be  pleasing  to  God. 
Once  you  might  resolve  to  say  certain  short, 
ejaculatory  prayers  frequently  during  the  day, 
to  keep  you  mindful  of  the  presence  of  God  ; 
another  time  you  might  resolve  to  mortify 
your  appetite  a  little,  or  to  guard  yourself 
more  carefully  against  a  certain  fault,  or  to 
keep  silence  more,  or  to  practise  little  works 
of  charity,  and  so  on. 


EXERCISES  OF  A  GOOD  CHRISTIAN".  Ill 

See,  my  children,  these  are  some — only  a 
few — of  the  exercises  of  a  good  Christian. 
What  will  you  do,  then  ? 

You  say  :  "  It  is  so  hard  to  keep  one's  self 
always  tied  down  to  such  practices  !  '  I  say 
so  myself  ;  it  is  a  hark  task.  But  just  think  : 
what  will  be  your  reward  one  day  ?  A  farmer, 
on  his  death-bed,  called  his  sons  together,  and 
said  to  them  : 

" Listen,  my  children:  somewhere  on  the 
farm  that  I  leave  you  there  lies  hidden  in  the 
ground  a  great  treasure.  Set  to  work  and 
hunt  for  it ;  if  you  find  it  you  will  be  rich." 
The  sons  worked  diligently.  Every  year,  for  a 
long  period,  they  plow  and  work  their  farm  in 
hopes  of  finding  the  treasure.  Did  they  find 
it  ?  Yes  ;  but  not  as  they  had  expected.  The 
farm,  as  fruit  of  the  work  done  on  it,  produced 
the  richest  harvests  ;  and  in  a  few  years  the 
brothers  were  well-to-do.  Do  you  understand 
the  meaning  of  this  parable  ?  and  can  you 
make  the  application? 

Pray  often  with  Thomas  a  Kempis  :  "  Help 
me,  O  Lord  God,  in  my  good  purpose,  and  in 
Thy  holy  service  ;  and  grant  that  I  may  this 
clay  begin  indeed,  since  what  I  have  hitherto 
done  is  nothing.' 

o 


XX. 
Silence  and  Solitude. 

a  watch,  O  Lord,  before  my  mouth, 
and   a   door  round   about   my  lips  !  ' 
Thus   prays   the   Psalmist.      In   the 
words  of  this  short  prayer  there  lies  hidden  a 
thought  which  it  would  be  well  for  us  to  con- 

o 

sider.     Let  us  draw  it  forth  : 

David  does  not  ask  God  to  lock  up  and  seal 
his  lips,  nor  to  build  up  a  wall  before  his  mouth, 
that  he  might  never  break  through  with  his 
tongue  to  speak  even  a  single  word,  good  or 
bad.  No !  he  asks  God  to  give  him  the  grace 
always  to  make  good  use  of  his  tongue,  that  he 
might  speak  only  what  is  useful  and  edifying, 
and  avoid  by  silence  what  might  be  harmful ; 
that  he  might  open  his  lips  to  speak,  and  close 
them  in  silence,  at  the  right  time,  just  as  one 
would  open  and  close  the  door  of  a  house  or 
room.  This  is  the  thought :  isn't  it  an  excel- 
lent one  ? 

Holy  Scripture  says,  somewhere  else  : 
"  There  is  a  time  to  keep  silence,  and  a  time  to 
speak."  God  does  not  wish  us  to  be  silent  all 
the  time.  He  gave  us  our  tongues  that  we 

112 


SILENCE  A2TD  SOLITUDE.  113 

might  use  them  also  for  talking,  but  we  are  al- 
lowed to  speak  only  what  is  good,  and  at  the 
right  time. 

Indeed,  if  God  had  so  willed,  he  could  easily 
have  made  our  tongues  so  that  we  could  never 
have  used  them  for  speaking,  neither  for  good 
nor  for  bad — you  know  how  the  brutes  are  in 
this  respect. 

Here  is  an  example  that  I  read  in  a  book 
some  time  ago  :  St.  Vincent  Ferreri  was  one 
day  preaching  in  the  street  in  the  beautiful 
old  city  of  Valencia.  During  his  ^ermon  a 
woman  who  is  dumb  is  brought  before  him. 
He  sees  the  poor  creature's  good  will  and 
strong  faith  :  is  it  God's  will  that  she  should 
receive  the  gift  of  speech  ? 

The  Saint  halts  in  his  sermon  a  few  minutes 
and  raises  his  heart  to  God  in  ardent  prayer, 
after  which  he  turns  to  the  woman  and  asks : 
"  What  is  it  you  would  like  to  have,  my 
daughter  ?  ' 

"  Bread,  and  the  use  of  my  tongue  !  "  an- 
swers the  woman,  loudly  and  distinctly.  On 
beholding  the  miracle,  the  people  burst  out 
into  a  cry  of  joy  and  admiration.  They  praise 
and  glorify  God  for  His  goodness. 

"  Bread  you  shall  have,  my  daughter,  as  long 


THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 


as  you  live,"  continues  the  Saint.  "  God  will 
not  let  you  suffer  again  from  want  of  food. 
But  the  use  of  your  tongue  it  is  not  His  will  to 
give  you.  He  foresees  that  by  using  it  you 
would  commit  many  sins  :  your  tongue  would 
be  sharper  than  a'  -sword  —  it  would  cut,  and 
wound,  and  do  much  harm  ;  in  the  end  it  would 
bring  eternal  ruin  to  your  soul.  Hence,  my 
daughter,  be  satisfied  with  God's  holy  will. 
You  shall  be  dumb  as  you  have  been  hereto- 
fore, to  the  end  of  your  life." 

The  woman  signifies  her  willingness.  She 
was  never  heard  to  speak  again  until  she  died. 

My  little  followers  of  Jesus,  to  most  of  us 
God  has  given  the  free  use  of  the  tongue  :  we 
can  speak.  But,  God  has  also  given  us  His  law. 
He  tells  us  clearly  and  definitely  what  we  are 
allowed  to  speak,  and  what  not. 

He  has  also  given  us  reason  and  conscience  ; 
we  know  what  is  good  and  bad  —  reason  shows 
us,  conscience  tells  us.  We  know  also  what  is 
good  and  bad  in  speaking.  Furthermore,  God 
helps  us  with  His  grace  to  keep  His  law  faith- 
fully ;  He  will  also  help  us  not  to  sin  by  speak- 
ing. Do  you  understand  now  why  Jesus  says 
so  strictly  :  "  I  say  unto  you,  that  every  idle 
word  that  men  shall  speak,  they  shall  render 


SILENCE  AN"D  SOLITUDE.  115 

an  account  for  it  in  the  Day  of  Judgment  "? 

We  can  never  be  true  followers  of  Jesus  un- 
less we  learn  to  govern  our  tongues  ;  Thomas 
a  Ivempis  has  already  given  us  several  lessons 
on  this  ;  now  he  says  :  "  He  that  aims  at  in- 
ward and  spiritual  things  must,  with  Jesus, 
turn  aside  from  the  crowd."  Do  you  under- 
stand what  this  means  ?  It  is  not  enough  for 
us  to  guard  our  tongues,  so  that  they  may  not 
say  what  is  wrong,  or  say  things  at  the  wrong 
time.  We  must  withdraw  from  company  alto- 
gether, sometimes  ;  we  must  tie  our  tongues 
and  keep  them  silent — in  a  word,  we  must 
strive  to  acquire  a  love  for  solitude  and 
silence. 

We  have  the  example  of  Jesus  for  this. 
"  Jesus  went  up  into  the  mountain  alone  to 
pray/'  says  St.  Matthew.  And  this  the  holy 
Gospel  tells  us,  in  the  same  or  similar  words, 
more  than  once.  Shall  we  not  try  to  follow  the 
example  that  Jesus  gives  us  ? 

Remember,  therefore,  these  points  :  First, 
whenever  duty  keeps  you  at  home,  away  from 
company  or  your  playmates,  then  be  satisfied. 
Do  not  grumble,  or  complain  inwardly.  Yes, 
you  ought  to  be  glad.  Now  you  can  do  some- 
thing to  acquire  a  love  for  solitude  and  silence. 


116  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

Turn  your  thoughts  to  God  ;  think  that  He  is 
present.  If  you  have  any  work  to  do,  do  it 
faithfully.  If  you  have  none  to  do,  look  for 
some.  You  must  not  idle  away  your  time.  If 
you  can  find  nothing  to  do,  then,  at  least,  take 
up  a  good  book  and  read  it.  Do  not  fret,  and 
keep  thinking  of  your  playmates — what  they 
are  doing,  the  fun  they  are  having,  and  so  on. 
Secondly,  it  is  left  to  your  choice  frequently  ; 
you  may  go  out  into  company,  or  not,  just  as 
you  like.  You  might,  sometimes,  choose  to 
stay  at  home,  for  the  love  of  Jesus,  to  mortify 
yourself  by  keeping  silence.  I  know,  children 
must  have  recreation.  But  you  must  not  be 
talking,  and  laughing,  and  jumping,  and  run- 
ning about,  and  playing,  and  having  fun  all  the 
time,  what  do  you  think  ?  Is  that  the  way 
Jesus  did  ?  Hence  deny  yourself  once  in  a 
while.  When  you  might  go  out  into  company, 
retire  and  keep  silence. 

^  The  Following  of  Christ  says  :  "  It  is  easier 
to  keep  silence  altogether,  than  not  to  fall  into 
excess  in  speaking ;  easier  to  keep  retired  at 
home  than  to  be  enough  upon  one's  guard 
abroad." 


XXI. 
Sorrow  of  Heart. 

is  wonderful,"  says  Thomas  a  Kempisy 
"  that  any  man  can  ever  abandon  him- 
self wholly  to  joy  in  this  life,  when  he 
considereth  and  weigheth   his  exile  and  the 
dangers  of  his  soul." 

Eepresent  to  yourself  Jesus,  your  model. 
Can  you  think  of  him  as  laughing  immoder- 
ately, breaking  out  into  fits  of  unusual  mirthy 
as  we  are  sometimes  apt  to  do  ?  No.  We  be- 
hold our  Saviour,  both  as  a  child,  and  as  a 
grown  man,  always  steady,  earnest,  and  quiet- 
He  was  meek,  friendly,  and  full  of  the  most 
winning  love,  certainly  ;  but  withal,  His  coun- 
tenance ever  wore  an  expression  of  thoughtful 
earnestness,  and  His  outward  manner,  though 
calm  and  gentle,  bespoke  a  certain  mournful- 
ness  of  spirit.  The  gospels  nowhere  tell  us 
that  Jesus  laughed,  or  even  smiled  ;  but  we 
read  that  He  wept  now  and  then,  maybe,  fre- 
quently. He  had  a  great  work  to  perform — to 
suffer  and  die  for  the  redemption  of  mankind  ; 
and  yet  He  knew  that,  in  spite  of  His  efforts 
to  save  themr  so  many,  very  many,  would  be 


117 


118  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF 


lost  forever.  Hence,  that  sorrow  of  His  heart, 
those  tears  He  shed. 

It  well  becomes  a  follower  of  Jesus,  there- 
fore, to  be  sorrowful  of  heart.  Yes,  onr  Lord 
even  gives  this  as  one  of  the  signs  by  which  we 
caii  tell  whether  or  not  we  are  His  followers. 
"  Blessed  are  they  that  mourn  ;  for  they  shall 
be  comforted."  And  to  His  apostles  He  says 
-words,  as  it  were,  expressing  His  bequest  to 
them  :  "  Amen,  amen,  I  say  to  you,  that  you 
shall  lament  and  weep ;  but  the  world  shall 
rejoice." 

However,  you  must  understand  this  aright. 
It  is  not  said  that  3^011  must  always  keep  your 
spirit  under  pressure  ;  that  you  must  always 
mourn,  and  sigh,  and  weep  ;  that  you  dare 
never  be  cheerful,  dare  never  laugh,  nor  play, 
nor  enjoy  yourself  in  any  way.  Holy  Scrip- 
ture says  :  "  There  is  a  time  to  weep,  and  a 
time  to  laugh."  And  The  Following  of  Christ, 
speaking  to  us  about  the  sorrow  we  ought  to 
have  in  our  hearts,  tells  us,  in  the  same  chap- 
ter, where  we  can  find  true  liberty  and  joy — 
"in  the  fear  of  God  with  a  good  conscience." 
What  should  you  do,  therefore  ? 

In  your  dealings  with  others  you  must  try 
to  be  kind,  cheerful,  and,  as  we  would  say, 


SORROW  OF  HEART.  119 

gentlemanly.  Your  looks,  your  features,  all 
your  actions  should  be  such  as  to  express  the 
kindness  and  charity  of  your  heart.  Take 
care,  also,  not  to  go  to  extremes,  never  to  be 
wantonly  gay,  nor  unduly  sorrowful. 

But  for  yourself,  you  must  also  cultivate  a 
spirit  of  holy  earnestness  and  sorrow  of  heart 
— in  which  Jesus  sets  such  a  good  exam- 
ple. What  are  the  motives  that  might  tend 
to  make  us  earnest-minded  and  sorrowful 
of  heart  ?  There  are  plenty  of  such  mo- 
tives. 

Consider,  for  instance,  the  misery  of  this 
•world.  Bodily,  we  are  subject  to  sickness 
and  pains  and  troubles  of  every  kind.  The 
greatest  and  last  misery  in  this  world  is  death. 
As  to  our  souls,  there  are  so  many  dangers 
and  temptations  to  sin  ;  the  enemies  that  hate 
us  and  try  to  bring  us  to  ruin  are  so  watchful 
and  cunning — you  know  we  are  never  sure, 
even  for  one  moment,  but  we  may  lose  God, 
our  souls,  heaven,  everything.  Wherever  we 
turn  our  eyes,  wee  see  so  much  wickedness,  so 
much  misery  caused  by  sin — the  poor  op- 
pressed by  the  rich,  the  righteous  persecuted 
by  the  unjust.  Who  must  not  feel  sad  at 
heart,  who  would  not  rather  sigh  and  weep 


THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 


than  laugh  and  be  joyful,  when  lie  sees  and 
considers  all  this  misery  ? 

Dionysius,  the  tyrant  of  Syracuse,  one  day 
invited  a  certain  man,  named  Damocles,  to 
come  to  his  palace  and  be  a  guest  at  his  table. 
Damocles  had  tried  by  flatteries  to  gain  the 
king's  favor.  He  had  praised  him  greatly  for 
his  wisdom  and  justice,  extolled  his  power  and 
riches,  and  therefore  he  hoped  the  king  would 
reward  him  by  making  him  one  of  the  first 
officers  in  his  kingdom.  You  may  imagine 
what  were  the  man's  expectations  when  the 
king  sent  him  this  invitation. 

Damocles  came.  First  he  had  to  change 
his  clothes  :  he  was  clad  in  the  finest,  richest 
garments,  like  the  king  himself.  Then  he  was 
led  into  the  large  dining  hall,  where  he  was 
given  a  place  next  to  the  king.  The  table  was 
loaded  with  victuals  and  beverages  most  costly 
and  delicious  —  more  than  ever  lie  could  have 
imagined  or  desired.  Besides,  he  was  honored 
by  the  other  guests  and  servants  as  if  he  were 
the  king's  own  "brother.  Damocles  was  hap- 
py for  once  :  yes,  a  regular  sea  of  happiness, 
he  thought  it  ! 

In  the  midst  of  his  pleasure,  however,  there- 
comes   a   sudden  terror.      He   just   happens., 


SORROW  OF  HEART.  121 

once,  to  raise  his  eyes  to  the  ceiling.  What  is 
the  matter  ?  He  turns  pale ;  he  can  eat  no 
more,  nor  drink  ;  he  trembles  in  all  the  limbs 
of  his  body. 

There,  right  above  his  head,  hangs  a  sharp, 
heavy  sword  ;  it  hangs  on  a  horsehair,  only  a 
horsehair  !  If  the  hair  breaks  the  sword  will 
fall  and  split  his  head. 

"  Do  you  see  now,  Damocles,  what  it  is  to 
be  king  ?  I  am  not  safe  for  one  hour ;  any 
moment  death  and  ruin  may  overtake  me," 
said  Dionysius. 

This,  my  dear  little   follower  of  Jesus,  is  a 

7          \J  * 

picture  of  the  vain  and  sinful  joys  of  the  world. 


XXII. 
Human   Misery. 

,  you  know,  was  a  mighty  king. 
If  any  one  could  speak  of  happiness  on 
this  earth,  certainly  he  could  ;  for,  says 
he:  "  I  surpassed  in  riches  all  that  were  before 
me  in  Jerusalem.  Whatsoever  my  eyes  desired, 
I  refused  them  not :  and  I  withheld  not  my 
heart  from  enjoying  every  pleasure."  But  in 
the  end  he  confesses:  "  I  have  seen  all  things 
that  are  done  under  the  sun:  and,  behold,  all 
is  vanity  and  vexation  of  spirit." 

You  know  also  the  history  of  Job.  "Well, 
here  are  some  of  his  words:  "  The  life  of  man 
upon  earth  is  a  warfare.  If  I  be  wicked,  woe 
unto  me  ;  and  if  just,  I  shall  not  lift  up  my 
head,  being  filled  with  affliction  and  misery. 
Oh,  that  I  had  been  consumed,  that  eye  might 
not  see  me  !  ' 

A  rich  man  had  two  grown  sons.  One  day 
he  called  them  to  his  room  and  said  : 

"  My  sons,  listen.  I  will  give  each  of  you  an 
equal  portion  of  land  to  work  on  my  farm.  I 
am  getting  old,  and  am  going  to  leave  things 
more  for  you  to  manage.  Bo  diligent  in  your 

173 


HUMAN  MISERY. 


work;  be  saving,  and  do  not  lose  time.  Bring 
me  your  profits  ;  I  will  treasure  them  up  for 
you  ;  and  sometime  you  will  receive  your  re- 
ward from  me  accordingly." 

There  was  a  great  difference  between  these 
two  brothers.  The  older  was  a  good  son,  obedi- 
ent and  respectful.  He  was  not  afraid  to  work; 
and  from  his  earliest  childhood  he  had  tried  to 
learn  what  might  be  necessary  and  useful  for 
a  farmer  to  know.  He  was  able  now  to  work 
the  farm,  and  manage  it  successfully.  Not  so 
the  younger.  He  was  indolent  and  careless, 
and  thus  caused  his  father  much  trouble.  He 
was  afraid  to  work;  he  tried  every  means  to 
avoid  it.  It  was  thus  he  had  grown  up.  He 
knew  very  little  about  farming,  and  did  not 
care  to  know  more. 

The  older  brother  worked  his  land  well. 
He  manured  it,  and  plowed,  and  harrowed, 
and  sowed.  He  worked  hard;  it  cost  him 
many  a  drop  of  sweat  ;  often  he  was  nearly 
tired  out.  But  for  this  he  had  good  harvests  ; 
and  how  glad  he  was  when  each  autumn  he 
could  lay  a  good  sum  of  money  in  his  father's 
hand.  Not  so  did  the  younger  brother.  He 
was  afraid  to  work  the  land  himself  ;  he  hired 
others.  These  cared  little  about  the  harvests, 


124  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWElt  OF  JESUS. 

if  only  they  got  tlieir  wages.  His  land  was 
just  as  good  as  his  brother's  ;  but  instead  of 
improving  it  lost  in  value.  His  harvests  were 
poor ;  and  they  became  poorer  every  year. 
After  he  had  paid  the  wages  to  his  hired  men 
he  had  very  little  left  to  give  as  profits  to  his 
father.  After  two  or  three  years  he  had  no 
profits  at  all  to  give. 

Thus  it  went  on  for  ten  years.  The  father 
died.  The  testament  he  had  made  was  an  un- 
expected surprise,  He  left  all  his  property 
to  his  two  sons,  to  be  divided  between  them 
proportionally,  according  to  the  amount  of 
profits  each  one  had  brought  to  his  father  dur- 
ing those  ten  years  they  had  been  left  the 
management  of  that  land.  The  younger  son 
got — just  one  acre  of  land.  The  older  inher- 
ited all  the  rest — the  great  riches  of  his  father. 
The  younger  son  was  enraged  :  he  stamped 
and  scolded.  But,  had  he  good  reason  to  do  so  ? 
Wasn't  he  treated  right? 

My  dear  little  followers  of  Jesus,  this  is  a 
parable  from  which  we  can  learn  a  good  lesson. 
Let  us  hear  : 

We  are  not  created  for  this  world.  Jesus 
died  for  us  to  redeem  us  ;  He  wants  to  have 
us  with  Him  in  heaven,  forever.  For  He  says: 


HUMAK  MISERY.  125 

"  Where  I  am,  there  also  shall  My  servant  be." 
Now,  if  this  world  were  all  sweetness,  if  there 
were  nothing  bitter  in  it,  we  might  like  it  too 
much;  we  might  forget  the  home  and  happi- 
ness that  are  awaiting  us  in  eternity. 

"  Oh,  unfortunate  mankind  ! '  exclaims  St. 
Augustine.  "  The  world  is  bitter,  and  yet  it  is 
loved.  Imagine  how  much  more  it  would  be 
loved  if  it  were  sweet."  And  Thomas  a  Kempis 
says:  "  Some  there  are  who  cling  to  the  world 
so  closely  (though  even  by  laboring  or  by  beg- 
ging they  hardly  have  bare  necessaries)  that, 
could  they  live  here  always,  they  would  care 
nothing  for  the  kingdom  of  God." 

Can  you  make  out  now  why  there  is  so  much 
misery  in  the  world  ? 

I  will  not  weary  you  with  an  account  of  the 
manifold  afflictions  that  may  fall  upon  us  in  this 
life.  You  might,  for  this,  read  the  correspond- 
ing chapter  in  The  Following  of  Christ — chapter 
twenty- second  of  book  first.  I  will  only  say  this: 
you  are  still  young,  and  have  not  yet  experi- 
enced any  or  but  very  little  of  the  misery  of  this 
world.  But  it  will  come  for  you  also,  this 
experience,  sooner  or  later.  We  are  all  chil- 
dren of  Adam  ;  and  we  all  come  under  Adam's 
sentence  of  judgment  :  "  Cursed  is  the  earth 


I'M  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

in  thy  work !  Thorns  and  thistles  shall  it 
bring  forth  to  thee."  As  often  as  you  have  to 
feel  this  misery,  think  of  the  two  brothers. 
Now  is  your  time  of  hard  work  :  the  harvest  of 
reward  will  be  accordingly.  I  must  add  a 
word  from  Thomas  a  Kern  pis  :  "  When  thou 
art  troubled  and  afflicted,  then  is  the  time  of 
merit.  Thou  must  pass  through  fire  and  water 
before  thou  come  to  refreshment.1 


XXIII. 
Thoughts  on  Death. 

[HE    last    few    chapters    we    have    gone 

»«B=2%     through  were  such  as  to  awaken  in  us 

. 

very  earnest  thoughts.  Life  is  earnest ; 
as  followers  of  Jesus  it  becomes  us  to  take  an 
earnest  view  of  it.  And  here,  now,  comes  a 
chapter  on  death  !  Do  not  be  frightened,  my 
little  reader.  You  must  die  once,  as  well  as  I ; 
hence  these  few  thoughts  on  death  are  for 
you  just  as  well  as  they  are  for  me.  To  intro- 
duce them,  let  me  tell  you  a  short  story. 

A  merchant  and  a  sailor  once  got  into  a 
friendly  conversation.  Amongst  other  things 
the  merchant  asks :  "  Pray,  tell  me,  my 
friend,  what  kind  of  a  death  did  your  father 
Jbave  ?  " 

"  My  father,  like  my  grandfather  and  great- 
grandfather before  him,  died  by  drowning  in 
the  sea,"  replied  the  sailor. 

"  And  you  still  venture  to  go  out  on  the 
sea  ?  Are  you  not  afraid  that  you,  also,  shall 
have  to  die  by  drowning,  some  day  ?  ' 

"  No.     Why  should  I  be  afraid  ?     Tell  me, 

what  kind  of  a  death  did  your  father,  grand- 

12? 


128  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 


father,  and  great-grandfather  die?  '    asks  the 
sailor  in  turn. 

"  They  all  died  in  their  beds,"  answered  the 
merchant. 

"  Do  you  see,  now,"  remarked  the  sailor. 
"  Why  should  I  be  more  afraid  to  go  to  sea, 
than  you  are  to  go  to  bed  ?  ' 

From  this,  we  can  collect  the  following 
thoughts  :  though  it  is  uncertain  when,  and 
where,  and  how  we  shall  die,  it  is  quite  certain 
— nothing,  indeed,  more  certain — that  once  we 
have  to  die,  each  and  every  one  of  us.  As  sure 
as  you  live,  you  will  have  to  die.  Impress  this 
thought  on  your  mind  and  heart ;  the  -angel  of 
death  stands  on  your  way  ;  you  cannot  escape 
him ! 

You  are  young  and  healthy,  but  who  knows  ? 
will  you  have  your  health  long?  Will  you 
grow  old?  God  only  knows  that.  You  can 
hurry  on  Death,  so  that  he  will  cut  you  off 
sooner,  but  you  cannot  keep  him  away  so  that 
he  will  never  come. 

A  certain  child,  once,  was  reported  to  have 
died.  Somebody  went  to  the  house  to  see  if 
the  report  was  true. 

"  My  child  dead  !  "  said  the  father,  laughing^ 
"  That's  funny  !  The  boy  is  as  well  as  I  am. 


I 
THOUGHTS  ON  DEATH.  129 

•Come  in,  and  see  for  yourself.  Ha !  ha ! 
That's  a  good  sign,  anyhow ;  people  say  that 
when  one  is  reported  dead  this  way,  he  will 
surely  have  a  long  and  happy  life." 

But  people's  saying  doesn't  help.     When  it 
is  time  for  Death  to  come,  he  comes,  and  no 
one  can  keep  him  away.     That  child  died  only 
a  few  weeks  later.     The  boy  was  taken  sick 
suddenly,  and  in  a  few  hoars  he  was  a  corpse. 
There  is  a  life  after  death — an  eternal  life. 
This  is  certain.     As  sure  as  Jesus,  our  Sav- 
iour, rose  from  the  grave  and  is  living  again, 
so  sure  is  it  that  we,  too,  must  rise  from  the 
grave    again  one  day,  then  to  live,  body  and 
soul  united,  for  an  eternity.     Our  lot  will   be 
an  eternity,  either  of  happiness  or  misery,  and 
this  lot,   remember,   depends   on  the  kind  of 
life  we  lead  now,  and  the  kind  of  death  we 
shall  die  once. 

We  do  not  want  to  be  foolish,  do  we  ?  No  ; 
we  want  to  act  wisely.  Jesus  says  :  "  Bles- 
sed are  those  servants  whom  the  Lord,  when 
lie  cometh,  shall  find  watching."  And  The 
Following  of  Christ  remarks  :  "  How  happy  and 
how  prudent  is  he  who  now  striveth  to  be  in 
life  what  he  would  fain  be  found  in  death  !  ' 

Hence,  you  must  avoid  sin,  now  and  as  long 


130  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 


as  you  live.  You  must  neither  dare  to  commit 
mortal  sin,  nor  live  in  it  for  one  hour.  Death 
might  overtake  you  suddenly;  then,  what? 
"Behold!  I  come  as  a  thief.  Blessed  is  he 
that  watcheth  !  ' 

Correct  your  bad  habits  ;  now  is  the  time  ! 
Do  not  carry  them  with  you  all  through  life. 
If  you  bring  them  with  you  to  your  deathbed, 
they  will  press  heavily  on  your  heart.  They 
will  be  thorns  in  your  pillow,  tormenting  you 
in  your  dying  hour. 

Do  your  good  works  now,  for  "  the  night 
cometh,  when  no  man  can  work."  Say  your 
prayers  every  day ;  go  to  the  sacraments 
often  ;  attend  divine  service  faithfully  on  Sun- 
days and  holydays  ;  take  pains  to  hear,  read, 
and  meditate  on  the  Word  of  God  ;  be  chari- 
table according  to  the  means  which  God  has 
given  you.  Thomas  a  Kempis  admonishes : 
"  Study  so  to  live,  that,  in  the  hour  of  death, 
thou  mayest  be  able  rather  to  rejoice  than  to 
fear." 

Above  all,  do  everything  with  a  good  inten- 
tion. You  know  how,  for  you  have  often  been 
told.  It  is  very  important — this  good  inten- 
tion. May  Jesus  help  us,  and  the  Blessed 
Virgin  pray  for  us,  that  we  may  not,  at  the 


THOUGHTS  ON  DEATH.  131 

end  of  our  lives,  have  to  exclaim,  with  St. 
Peter  :  "  We  have  labored  all  night,  and  have 
taken  nothing."  These  are  the  few  "  Thoughts 
on  Death,"  I  tried  to  gather  for  you  into  this 
chapter. 

For  the  conclusion,  the  first  verse  of  Long- 
fellow's "  Psalm  of  Life  :  ' 

Life  is  real !     Life  is  earnest! 
And  the  grave  is  not  its  goal ; 
Dust  thou  art,  to  dust  returnest, 
Was  not  spoken  of  the  soul. 

And  a  word  from  Thomas  a  Kempis  :  "  Bles- 
sed is  the  man  that  hath  the  hour  of  his  death 
continually  before  his  eyes,  and  daily  putteth 
himself  in  order  for  death." 


XXIV. 
Judgment  and  what  comes  after. 

last  end  is  one  of  these  two  :  heaven 
or  hell.  There  is  no  other  alternative. 
Either  we  shall  be  forever  happy  with 
God,  the  angels,  and  saints^  in  heaven  ;  or  we 
shall  be  miserable  for  all  eternity  with  the 
devils  and  damned  in  hell.  Our  first  end  is 
the  service  of  God  now,  while  we  are  living  on 
earth.  "We  are  created  to  know,  love,  and  serve 
God.  By  doing  this  faithfully — striving  after 
•our  first  end — we  do  what  is  necessary  to 
reach  our  last  end.  It  all  depends  on  knowing, 
loving,  and  serving  God  well,  now.  Let  us  not 
forget  this. 

Our  working  for  heaven  ends  with  death. 
"  "When  the  tree  falleth,  to  the  north  or  to  the 
south,  in  what  place  soever  it  shall  fall,  there 
shall  it  be."  After  death  comes  the  judgment. 
"  It  is  appointed  for  men  once  to  die,  and  after 
this,  the  judgment,"  says  St.  Paul.  This 
thought  of  the  judgment,  my  dear  children, 
must  engage  our- attention  for  a  few  minutes. 
The  Following  of  Christ  admonishes  us:  "In 
all  things  look  to  the  end,  and  how  thou  wilt 

132 


JUDGMENT  AND   WHAT  COMES  AFTER.      133 

stand  before  the  strict  Judge,  from  whom 
there  is  nothing  hid ;  who  takes  no  bribes, 
and  receives  no  excuses,  but  will  judge  that 
which  is  just." 

Three  young  men,  once  upon  a  time,  were 
making  a  journey.  They  were  in  the  holy 
land  of  Palestine,  and  on  their  way  they  came 
to  the  valley  of  Josaphat. 

"  Hold,  comrades  !  '  said  one  of  them— a 
light-headed  infidel,  "  here,  they  say,  is  where 
the  Last  Judgment  is  going  to  be.  Priests  talk 
so  much  about  it,  I  guess,  as  I  am  here  just 
now,  I  will  look  for  a  handy  place  to  sit,  so 
that,  when  the  Day  of  Judgment  is  come  I  may 
have  a  good  chance  to  take  in  everything,  and 
see  what  is  going  on.  Here  is  an  excellent 
place — a  stone  to  mark  it.  I  can  sit  on  this 
stone  and  have  a  clear  view  over  the  whole 
vallev.  This  shall  be  mv  place." 

mJ  •/         J 

And  he  laughed,  he  thought  the  idea  was  so 
original ;  and  his  two  companions  laughed 
with  him. 

But  something  happened.  That  same  mo- 
ment the  young  man  had  a  vision.  He  saw 
Jesus  Christ,  the  Judge  ;  and  terrible  was  His 
appearance,  terrible  the  majesty  of  that  divine 
countenance,  terrifying  the  look  of  anger  that 


134  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

fell  upon  the  young  man.  It  makes  him 
tremble;  he  grows  pale  as  death;  he  staggers 
and  falls  to  the  ground;  and  there  he  lies, 
unconscious.  After  a  time  his  companions 
succeeded  in  waking  him. 

"What  is  the  matter?  What  has  hap- 
pened ?  '  they  ask. 

He  sighs;  he  weeps ;  he  still  trembles  vio- 
lently. "  Oh,  comrades,  it  was  terrible !  I 
saw  the  Judge  !  That  look !  Let  us  never 
make  fun  of  the  Judgment  again." 

And  the  story  concludes  by  telling  us  that 
the  young  man  never  made  fun  again.  He 
never  even  laughed.  Till  his  death  he  led  a 
severe  life  of  penance. 

Ah,  yes  ;  it  is  a  terrible  thought — this  judg- 
ment !  My  little  followers  of  Jesus,  after 
death  we  shall  all  be  judged.  You  will  stand 
alone  before  your  Judge.  It  is  no  longer 
the  kind,  meek,  and  humble  Jesus.  Now  He 
is  the  strict  Judge,  who  knows  only  justice. 
And  you  must  answer  for  yourself,  alone. 
The  Judge  knows  all — all  the  good  and  bad 
that  you  did  in  thought,  word,  and  action 
during  your  life  on  earth.  The  sentence  will 
be  one  or  the  other.  If  you  come  as  the  friend 
of  Jesus,  you  will  hear  :  "  Come,  thou  blessed 


JUDGMENT   AND    WHAT   COMES   AFTER,       135 

one ! '  but  if  you  stand  before  the  Judge  as 
His  enemy,  He  will  say :  "  Depart  from  Me, 
thou  accursed  one ! '  Oh,  this  sentence,  what 
will  it  be ! 

The  Last  Day  of  Judgment  will  come;  also. 
Then  you  will  have  to  stand  on  one  side  or  the 
other,  either  the  right  or  the  left.  Then  you 
will  be  judged  again  before  all  men  :  they  will 
see  both  the  good  and  the  bad  that  you  have 
done;  and  they  will  all  have  to  say:  "Thy 
judgments,  O  Lord,  are  just !  '  And  then  you 
will  hear  the  sentence  again — one  of  the  two, 
the  same  that  was  spoken  to  you  immediately 
after  your  death.  And  then  conies  the  begin- 
ning of  your  last  end — either  an  everlasting 
heaven,  or  an  everlasting  hell.  This,  my  chil- 
dren, is  truth:  we  cannot  gainsay  it ! 

Should  we  not,  then,  prepare  ourselves  for 
this  judgment?  Yes  ;  let  us  judge  ourselves 
now,  that  we  may  be  able  to  stand  the  judg- 
ment then.  Let  us  avoid  sin  now.  If  we  have 
sinned  (unfortunately  we  have  !)  let  us  confess 
our  sins,  and  do  penance  for  them;  on  the  Last 
Day  it  will  be  too  late.  Let  us  do  good  now, 
for  then  we  shall  be  able  to  work  no  longer. 
Let  us  suffer  now,  that  we  may  not  have  to 
suffer  then.  Let  us  receive  the  sacraments 


136  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

often  while  we  can,  and  worthily,  lest  we  shall 
wish  to  have  done  so  when  it  is  too  late. 

"In  all  thy  works  remember  thy  last  end, 
and  thou  shalt  never  sin,"  says  the  Holy 
Ghost.  To  this  add  a  word  from  Thomas  a 
Kempis:  "  He  that  loveth  God  with  his  whole 
heart  feareth  neither  death,  nor  punishment, 
nor  judgment,  nor  hell ;  for  perfect  love  giveth 
secure  access  to  God." 


XXV. 
Amend  Your  Life. 

now  come  to  chapter  the  twenth-fifth, 
and  that  closes  the  first  book  of  The 
Following  of  Christ.  Let  us  hold  a  short 
review  of  what  we  have  gone  through  so  far  ; 
it  will  freshen  things  a  little  in  our  memories. 

We  began  by  laying  out  the  road  for  you. 
Your  intention  is  to  be  a  follower  of  Jesus: 
then,  walk  after  your  Saviour,  who  goes  before 
you,  and  take  care  lest  you  be  misled  by  the 
vain,  deceitful  promises  of  the  world. 

The  foundation  you  must  build  on  is  humil- 
ity. Thomas  a  Kempis  lays  great  stress  on 
this.  He  treats  on  this  virtue  in  an  extra 
chapter;  and  off  and  on,  all  through  the  first 
book,  he  calls  our  attention  to  it.  We  need 
not  imagine  that  we  will  ever  become  true  fol- 
lowers of  Jesus,  unless  we  strive  to  be  humble. 
Let  us  not  forget  this. 

You  need  a  teacher  and  guide;  Jesus  Him- 
self wants  to  be  both  for  you.  You  remember 
yet,  I  suppose,  what  you  were  told  about  the 
different  ways  in  which  Jesus  can  speak  to  us. 

Jesus  teaches   you,   and   He   confirms  His 

137 


138  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESLS. 

doctrine  by  giving  you  His  own  example,  that, 
besides  humility,  the  fundamental  virtue,  there 
are  some  other  virtues  you  must  try  earnestly  to 
acquire  and  practise — prudence,  mortification, 
obedience,  patience,  chastity,  love  for  solitude, 
silence,  and  a  wholesome  sorrow  of  heart. 
There  are  particular  faults  you  must  guard 
against:  avoid  evil  companions,  watch  your 
tongue,  do  not  judge  rashly,  and  so  on. 

Some  of  the  means  that  you  must  use  to  per- 
fect yourself — to  acquire  the  above-named 
virtues,  and  to  avoid  the  faults  mentioned- 
are  the  following:  good  reading,  spiritual  guid- 
ance from  a  good  confessor,  being  watchful,  so 
as  to  resist  every  temptation  in  the  very  be- 
ginning, imitation  of  the  saints,  faithfulness  in 
the  performance  of  your  daily  prayers  and  re- 
ligious exercises,  and  lastly,  frequent  medita- 
tion on  our  last  end  death,  judgment,  heaven, 
hell.  One  very  important  thing  is  :  you  must 
pray  much,  even  now,  that  God  may  point  out 
to  you  your  vocation,  and  lead  you  into  it,  and 
that  He  may  keep  you  from  entering  a  wrong 
one.  So  much  for  the  repetition. 

Our  Lord  says  to  His  disciples:  "  Amen,  I 
say  unto  you,  unless  you  be  converted,  and  be- 
come as  little  children,  you  shall  not  enter  into 


A:,IEND  YOUR  LIFE.  130 

the  kingdom  of  heaven."  Must  we  not  all  con- 
fess that  we  are  very  far  from  being  like  little 
children  ?  It  is  necessary  for  us,  therefore,  to 
convert  ourselves  ;  and  what  a  work  that  will 
be  for  most  of  us  ! 

How  good,  how  innocent,  how  holy  is  such  a 
child — one  in  whose  heart  the  grace  and  love 
of  God  dwell,  and  on  which  the  blight  sin  has 
not  yet  fallen !  St.  Hilary,  one  of  the  holy  Fa- 
thers, may  tell  us  how  such  a  child  is,  and  what 
it  does:  "  The  child,"  he  says,  "  obeys  its  fa- 
ther, loves  its  mother,  knows  nothing  of  ill- 
will  against  its  neighbor ;  it  cares  not  for 
riches;  it  does  not  show  itself  proud,  neither 
does  it  bear  hatred,  nor  tell  lies;  it  believes 
what  others  say,  and  takes  as  true  what  it 
hears." 

"Well,  then,  my  little  followers  of  Christ, 
shall  we  not  set  to  work  earnestly  to  change 
and  amend  our  lives  ?  Yes,  certainly.  Here 
are  a  few  points  we  must  try  to  remember  :  — 

First:  we  must  study  our  own  natures — 
.mortify  ourselves  in  what  we  are  unduly  in- 
clined to,  and  strive  after  the  good  we  stand 
most  in  need  of.  Secondly:  We  should  imitate 

•' 

the  good  we  see  in  others  and  avoid  carefully 
what  does  not  please  us  in  their  ways  and  ac- 


140  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESTS. 

tions.  Thirdly:  again  and  again  we  must  set 
Jesus  before  our  eyes,  to  meditate  on  His  life, 
and  to  imitate  Him.  "  Whosoever,"  says 
Thomas  a  Kempis,  "exerciseth  himself  ear- 
nestly and  devoutly  in  the  most  holy  life  and 
passion  of  our  Lord,  shall  find  there  abundant- 
ly all  that  is  necessary  and  useful  for  him;  nor 
need  he  seek  out  of  Jesus  for  anything  better." 
Fourthly:  we  must  frequently  renew  our 
good  resolutions.  We  must  not  lose  courage 

tj  O 

when  we  find  sometimes  that  we  have  forgotten 
them,  and,  therefore,  have  fallen  back  into  our 
old  faults.  We  must  be  sorry  for  what  we 
have  done,  and  make  our  resolution  over  again 
— not  lightly,  carelessly,  but  considerately,  and 
in  earnest. 

There  was  a  boy  once  who  was  very  careless. 
He  was  good-hearted,  yet  he  gave  his  parents 
much  trouble.  Often  they  corrected  and  ad- 
monished him ;  and  he  promised  to  do  better, 
promised  sincerely.  But  he  was  naturally  so 
careless  that  his  promises  were  soon  forgotten. 

One  day,  as  he  was  skipping  about  the  room, 
he  bumped  his  head  against  a  large,  costly 
picture  hanging  on  the  wall,  and  knocked  it 
down.  The  noise  brought  his  father  in,  and 
the  little  boy  was  terribly  frightened. 


AMEND  YOUR   LIFE.  141 

"  Such  carlessness  !  You  only  make  prom- 
ises to  break  them  ! '  exclaimed  the  father. 

"  Forgive  me  this  once,  dearest  father,"  said 
the  boy,  weeping.  "  I  will  never  be  careless 
again.  Let  me  get  a  hammer  to  drive  the 
nail  in  ;  and  then  I  will  hang  up  the  picture 


again." 


The  boy  brought  the  hammer,  and  having 
given  the  nail  a  few  blows  with  it,  he  wanted 
to  hang  up  the  picture. 

"  This  carelessness  again  ! '  said  the  father. 
"  "Whatever  you  do,  you  do  only  lightly,  super- 
ficially. Shall  the  picture  fall  down  again  ?  ' 
And  he  took  the  hammer  himself,  and  drove  in 
the  nail  with  many  strong  blows,  till  it  stuck 
fast  in  the  wall.  "  The  same  must  be  done 
with  your  good  resolutions  and  promises  as 
was  done  with  this  nail,"  rema.rked  the  father. 
"  If  they  are  to  stick  and  hold  tight,  they  must 
be  driven  deep  into  your  heart.  Pray  to  God; 
He  will  help  you  to  strike  the  blows."  Do  you 
see,  dear  children?  It  is  thus  we  ought  to 
make  our  good  resolutions. 

Lastly,  we  should  often  consider:  the  work 
is  difficult,  it  is  true,  but  let  us  persevere.  A 
great  reward  will  come  hereafter.  "  Thou 
shalt  labor  a  little  now,"  says  Thomas  a  Kern- 


THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 


pis,  "  and  thou  shalt  find  great  rest,  yea,  ever- 
lasting joy." 

I  conclude  with  another  passage  from  Tin1 
Folloiving  of  Christ'.  "  Watch  over  thyself,  stir 
up  thyself,  admonish  thyself,  and  whatever 
may  become  of  others,  neglect  not  thyself.  In 
proportion  as  thou  dost  violence  to  thyself,  the 
greater  progress  wilt  thou  make.  Amen." 


>0oh 


STEPS  TOWARDS  JESUS. 


I. 

Interior  Life. 

?N  the  "  Our  Father  "  Jesus  teaches  us  to 
pray  :  "  Thy  kingdom  come."  We  ask 
God  to  grant  that  His  kingdom,  the 
holy  Catholic  Church,  may  be  spread  more 
and  more  over  the  earth,  for  the  salvation  of 
mankind.  Not  only  that ;  we  also  pray  that 
His  grace  and  love  may  ever  be  in  ourselves  ; 
that  He,  our  God,  our  Father  and  King,  may 
ever  reign  in  our  hearts. 

Jes-us  says  in  another  place  :  "  The  king- 
dom of  God  is  within  you."  Therefore,  if 
God  hears  our  prayer,  and  lets  His  kingdom 
come  to  us,  where  will  we  find  it  ?  In  our 
hearts.  When  once  our  hearts,  through  the 
grace  of  God,  are  free  from  all  that  is  sinful- 
free  from  self-love,  free  from  attachment  to  the 
world  and  its  vain  pleasures  ;  when  they  are 
virtuous  and  holy,  filled  with  burning  love  for 
God  and  our  neighbor  :  then  we  can  say  that 
the  kingdom  of  God  is  within  us. 

How  happy  we  shall  then  be  !  A  happiness 
will  then  be  ours — true  happiness  of  heart — 
such  as  the  children  of  the  world  cannot  have 

145 


(t 
(I 


146  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

an  idea  of.  St.  Paul  tells  us  :  "  The  kingdom 
of  God  is  not  meat  and  drink  ;  but  justice,  and 
peace,  and  joy  in  the  Holy  Ghost." 

A  father,  with  his  three  children,  was  sit- 
ting out  in  the  yard  under  the  shade-giving 
branches  of  a  maple-tree.  He  was  telling 
them  how  all  men  were  striving  so  earnestly 
for  happiness,  but  that  only  so  very  few  really 
and  truly  obtain  it. 

I'  believe,"    said    Enrma,    the    youngest, 

that  beauty  alone  can  bring  true  happiness. 
If  I  am  beautiful  of  person,  and  do  all  I  can 
to  bring  out  my  beauty  and  let  it  shine  before 
men,  then  I  shall  be  esteemed  and  admired, 
and  I  can  get  all  that  I  want.  But  if  I  am 
ugly  of  appearance  men  will  despise  me,  and  I 
must  always  feel  miserable." 

"  I  don't  agree  with  you,"  said  George,  the 
next  older.  "  Beauty  is  too  easily  destroyed. 
The  least  attack  of  sickness,  and  it  may  be 
gone.  And  if  not,  how  long  does  it  last  ?  A 
few  years,  and  beauty  withers  like  a  flower. 
I  say,  money  is  the  thing !  Give  me  money, 
and  I  am  happy.  If  I  am  rich  I  can  get 
everything  I  wish  for.  Money  rule's  the 
world  ! " 

"  What  good  will  beauty  and  riches  do  me 


INTERIOR  LIFE. 


if  I  have  not  wisdom  ?  '  asked  Conrad,  the 
oldest.  ''Give  me  wisdom,  and  I  shall  be 
happy  without  beauty  or  money.  But  if  I  am 
stupid,  a  block-head,  who  will  care  about  me  ? 
how  can  I  be  happy  ?  Now,  papa,  tell  us, 
which  of  us  is  right  ?  ' 

The  father  bent  down,  and  with  his  finger 
wrote  three  naughts — 000 — in  the  dust. 

"  What  do  you  mean  by  that,  papa  ?  "  asked 
the  children. 

"  I  mean  that  beauty  is  a  naught,  as  also  are 
monev  and  wisdom — all  three  nothing  more 

J 

than  three  naughts,  unless  you  put  some  figure 
before  them  that  has  value.  The  one  thing 
necessary  is  the  love  of  God,  a  virtuous  heart. 
Put  that  one  thing  before  the  three  naughts  of 
beauty,  riches,  and  wisdom,  and  you  have  a 
large  figure  of  real  worth,  which  signifies  real 
happiness.  Take  that  one  thing  necessary 

away,  and  you  have  the  three  naughts — noth- 

•      »» 
ing. 

Do  you  see,  my  dear  children  ?  If  we  want 
to  possess  real,  true  happiness,  let  us  strive  to 
become  virtuous.  As  Thomas  a  Kempis  ad- 
monishes, let  us  "  slight  exterior  things,  and 
give  ourselves  to  interior  things,  and  we 
shall  see  the  kingdom  of  God  come  within 


148  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

us."  Let  us  make  our  hearts  free  from  the 
world.  Let  us  not  put  our  confidence  in  men  ; 
let  us  trust  in  Jesus  !  Let  us  often  meditate 
on  the  sufferings  and  death  of  our  dearest 
Saviour.  Let  us  endeavor  to  model  our  hearts 
after  the  Heart  of  Jesus,  until  we  can  say  :  '•  I 
live  now,  not  I  ;  but  Christ  liveth  in  me." 
This  is  interior  life  !  This  interior  life,  hid- 
den, as  it  were,  in  Jesus,  brings  true,  lasting 
happiness.  May  Jesus  bless  us,  and  the  Holy 
Ghost  fill  our  hearts  with  the  light  of  His 


grace  ! 


I  close  this  chapter  with  a  passage  from  The 
Following  of  Christ  •  "  Come,  then,  faithful 
soul,  make  thy  heart  ready  for  this  Spouse,  so 
that  He  may  vouchsafe  to  come  to  thee  and  to 
dwell  within  thee.  For  so  He  sayeth  :  "  If 
any  man  love  Me,  he  will  keep  My  Word,  and 
My  Father  will  love  him  ;  and  We  will  come  to 
him,  and  make  Our  abode  with  him." 


II. 

Humble  Submission. 

are  much  and  can  do  much  ;  we  are 
nothing  and  can  do  nothing.  Both  of 
these  words  are  true.  How  so  ?  Un- 
derstand it  this  way  :  Through  God's  grace  we 
are  much,  with  His  help  we  can  do  much. 
Without  God  we  are  nothing ;  without  His 
help  we  can  do  nothing.  So  you  see,  it  all  de- 
pends on  God.  With  Isaiah,  we  must  say  : 
"  All  flesh  is  grass,  and  all  the  glory  thereof  as 
the  flower  of  the  field.  The  grass  is  withered, 
and  the  flower  is  fallen."  But  again,  with 
David,  we  can  say  :  "  The  Lord  is  my  Helper  : 
and  I  will  look  over  my  enemies." 

A  little  anecdote  may  help  you  to  understand 
this  truth  better.  Albert  was  out  in  the  gran- 
ary with  his  father,  holding  up  the  sacks  to 
be  filled  with  wheat.  Once,  just  for  a  few 
moments,  he  was  not  paying  attention  as  he 
should  have  done.  The  sack  was  already  half 
filled.  His  father  had  just  begun  to  pour  in 
the  third  half-bushel  of  wheat.  Albert's 
thoughts  had  gone  travelling  :  they  were  on 
the  way  to  his  uncle's,  where  he  was  to  spend 

149 


150  Till:    LITTLE   FOLLOWER   OF   JESUS. 

a  few  days'  visit  the  next  week.  His  fingers 
loosen  their  hold  on  the  sack  only  a  little, 
and,  behold  !  the  sack  slips  from  tliem  and 
falls  to  the  floor.  The  wheat,  instead  of  going 
into  the  sack,  is  poured  out  beside  it. 

A  sharp  box  on  the  ear  from  his  father,  ac- 
companied by  a  few  sharp  words  of  reproof, 
bring  back  the  boy's  straying  thoughts. 
"  What  are  you  about,  little  fellow  ?  Look 
here ;  pay  attention,  and  hold  up  the  sack 
right !  ' 

"  Excuse  me,  papa  !  '  said  Albert.  "  I  was 
just  beginning  to  think  about  my  visit  to  uncle 
Joe,  next  week.  I  will  not  let  the  sack  fall 


again." 


Now,  for  the  application.  Before  God  every 
one  of  us  is  even  less  than  an  empty  sack.  All 
that  we  are — body  and  soul,  with  all  our  bodily 
and  spiritual  qualities  and  abilities — all  is  a 
pure  gift  of  God's  love  and  mercy.  Just  as 
the  almighty  power  of  God  holds  and  preserves 
the  whole,  mighty  universe,  so  He  also  holds 
us,  every  one  of  us,  body  and  soul,  in  His  al- 
mighty hand.  If  He  should  let  go  His  hold  of 
us  ?  if  He  should  let  us  fall  ?  An  empty  sack, 
if  you  let  go  your  hold  of  it,  falls  to  the  ground. 
We,  if  God  should,  even  for  a  moment,  let  go 


HUMBLE  SUBMISSION.  151 

His  hold  of  us,  would  fall  down,  way  down  in- 
to— nothing  !  Do  you  see  now,and  understand, 
how  completely  we  are  in  the  hand  of  God? 

This  we  must  not  forget.  The  thought  of 
this,  often  recalled  to  our  minds,  will  make  us 
both  humble  and  courageous.  It  will  make  us 
humble :  We  know  and  feel  that  without 
God  we  are  nothing.  If  God  does  not  keep  us, 
and  help  us  by  His  grace,  we  shall  be  worse 
than  nothing  ;  we  shall  be  most  unfortunate, 
miserable  creatures  forever. 

This  thought  will  make  us  courageous  :    we 
fear  God  and  nothing  else.     Are  we  not  in  His 
hand  ?     Is  He  not  an  almighty  God  ?     Is  He 
not  our  best,  most  loving  Father  ?     "  Can  a 
woman  forget  her  infant,  so  as  not  to  have  pity 
on  her  son  ?  and  if  she  should  forget,  yet  will 
I  not  forget  thee."    What,  then,  shall  we  fear  ? 
Sickness  ?   Poverty  ?   The  calumnies,  enmities, 
persecutions  of  men  ?     Shall  we  fear  death  ? 
No  !    we  fear  nothing  and  nobody  but  God,  as 
our  Saviour   Himself  admonishes  us  to  do  : 
"  Be  not  afraid  of  them  that  kill  the  body,  and 
after  that  have  no  more  that  they  can  do.    But 
I  will  show  you  whom  ye  shall  fear  :    fear  ye 
Him  who,  after  He  hath  killed,  hath  power  to 
cast  into  hell.' 


153  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

Therefore,  iny  little  followers  of  Jesus,  take 
this  thought — a  graiid,  beautiful  thought — and 
treasure  it  up  in  your  hearts  :  I  ani  altogether 
in  the  hand  of  God.  He  supports  me,  and 
keeps  me  from  falling,  just  as  one  supports  a 
sack  while  it  is  being  filled  with  wheat. 
While  God  thus  supports  me  He  is  continually 
pouring  into  me  His  gifts — the  most  precious 
gifts  of  His  grace  and  love.  He  wants  to  fill 
me  with  treasures  for  heaven.  Oh,  if  ever  He 
should  let  me  fall !  I  must  love  Him,  my  dear- 
est God — love  Him  always,  love  Him  ardently. 
I  dare  never  offend  Him  by  grievous  sin.  I 
will  pray  every  day,  with  St.  Philip  Neri : 
"  Hold  me,  O  Lord,  lest  I  fall  and  betray 
Thee !  '  I  will  always  do  as  St.  Peter  says:  "  Be 
you  humbled  under  the  mighty  hand  of  God." 

Bat,  again,  I  will  not  fear ;  for  1  trust  in  the 
almighty  power  of  my  Father  in  heaven.  "  If 
God  be  for  us,  who  is  against  us  ?  '  Often 
will  I  pray,  with  holy  David  :  "I  have  put  my 
trust  in  Thee,  O  Lord  :  I  said  :  Thou  art  my 
God.  My  lots  are  in  Thy  hands." 

Think  over  this  word  of  Thomas  a  Kempis  : 
"  Make  no  great  account  of  who  may  be  for 
or  against  thee,  but  mind  and  take  care  that 
God  be  with  thee  in  everything  thou  dost." 


Ill, 

A  Peaceful  Disposition. 

:OW  true  are  the  following  words  of 
Thomas  a  Kempis  :  "  Some  there  are 
who  keep  themselves  in  peace,  and  have 
peace  also  with  others  ;  and  there  are  some 
who  neither  have  peace  themselves,  nor  leave 
others  in  peace ;  they  are  troublesome  to 
others,  and  still  more  troublesome  to  them- 
selves." 

Just  such  a  one  was  Fridolin,  the  hired  man 
of  a  certain  farmer.  He  had  a  very  quick 
temper  ;  at  everything  that  did  not  go  just  as 
he  wished,  he  would  fly  into  a  passion.  Then 
you  should  have  seen  and  heard  him — how  he 
fumed,  and  stamped,  and  scolded ;  how  he 
quarreled  with  his  fellow-servants,  and  called 
them  names.  He  was,  therefore,  a  man  very 
hard  to  get  along  with.  People  were  glad  not 
to  have  much  to  do  with  him. 

His  master  often  corrected  him  for  it,  and 
admonished  him  :  "  Fridolin,  you  must  try  to 
become  master  of  yourself.  You  should  not 
let  it  go  on  this  way.  You  are  very  passion- 
ate ;  and  you  thereby  commit  many  sins.  The 

153 


154  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

longer  you  let  it  go,  the  harder  it  will  be  for 
you  to  tear  out  this  evil  passion  of  anger.  You 
know  anger  is  a  very  disagreeable  passion,  be- 
sides. It  never  leaves  you  any  rest ;  and  it 
ever  gets  you  into  trouble  with  others." 

Fridolin's  answer  generally  was :  "  How 
am  I  to  help  it?  If  they  provoke  me,  or 
something  does  not  go  right,  I  must  get  angry. 
It  is  just  impossible  for  me  to  keep  cool  and 
quiet." 

One  morning  the  farmer  showed  Fridolin  a 
new  silver  dollar. 

"  Look  here,"  said  he,  "  if  you  are  man 
enough  to  keep  down  your  anger  to-day,  so  that 
you  wont  say  an  angry  word,  nor  do  anything 
in  anger,  I  will  give  you  this  dollar  extra  be- 
sides your  wages.  Try  it.  I  am  pretty  sure 
you  wont  win." 

"I'm  pretty  sure  I  will  win,"  thought  Frido- 
lin. And  so  he  did.  The  other  servants  made 
out  among  themselves  that  they  would  tease 
Mm  all  day  long,  and  trouble  and  plague  him 
as  much  as  possible,  to  see  whether  they  could 
not  got  him  angry,  so  that  he  would  say  at 
least  an  angry  word.  Their  efforts  were  in 
vain.  Fridolin  mastered  himself ;  he  was 
bound  to  win  the  dollar. 


A  PEACEFUL  DISPOSITION.  155 

When  evening  came,  and  the  work  was  done, 
the  farmer  gave  Fridolin  the  money,  and  at  the 
same  time  he  said  :  "  Don't  you  think  you 
ought  to  feel  ashamed  of  yourself?  For  the 
sake  of  such  a  miserable  bit  of  money,  and  to 
win  it,  you  can  keep  down  your  auger,  in 
spite  of  all  that  others  may  do  to  rouse  you 
into  a  passion.  But  for  the  love  of  God,  and 
the  sake  of  your  soul,  you  cannot  overcome 
your  angry  passions." 

Fridolin  felt  that  this  was  true,  and  was 
heartily  ashamed  of  himself.  He  went  to  work 
in  earnest ;  so  it  was  not  many  years  before 
lie  had  become  an  example  of  kindness  and 
meekness. 

Let  us  not  forget  :  If  sometimes,  or  often, 
we  get  into  trouble  with  our'  neighbors,  if  we 
quarrel  with  them,  and  say  bitter,  harsh 
words,  that  make  them  as  well  as  ourselves 
feel  very  unhappy,  then  we  must  blame  no 
one  but  ourselves.  It  is  the  "  I '  —first 
personal  pronoun,  nominative  case, — that 
likes  to  get  us  into  such  trouble  once  in  a 
while. 

To  acquire  a  peaceful  disposition  you  must 
begin  on  yourself — begin  to  train  the  selfish, 
all-important  "  I."  Jesus  says  with  beautiful 


156  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

meaning,  "  Have  salt  in  you,  and  have  peace 
among  you." 

Put  a  pincli  of  salt  in  your  mouth;  it  does 
not  taste  pleasant  at  all.  But  put  it  in  what 
you  are  cooking,  and  getting  ready  to  eat :  the 
salt  makes  it  taste  very  good.  So  also  in  a 
spiritual  sense.  Mortify  yourself,  humble 
your  pride,  overcome  your  anger,  govern  your 
tongue,  guard  your  actions,  etc.  This,  you 
feel,  is  not  pleasant — it  is  the  salt  of  self-mor- 
tification. But  just  keep  on;  in  the  same 
degree  that  you  make  progress  in  this  master- 
ing of  yourself,  in  that  same  degree  will  you 
spread  joy,  and  peace,  and  happiness  amongst 
others. 

First,  endeavor  always  to  live  in  peace  with 
God.  "  Much  peace  have  they  who  love  Thy 
law,"  says  the  Psalmist,  "  and  to  them,  there  is 
no  stumbling-block." 

Secondly,  try  to  get  peace  in  your  own 
heart.  Do  as  The  Following  of  Christ  says  : 
"  Have  a  -zeal  in  the  first  place  over  thyself, 
and  then  mayest  thou  also  justly  exercise  zeal 
toward  thy  neighbor." 

Thirdly,  along  with  this,  you  must  try  to 
live  in  peace  with  your  neighbors.  "  Cast 
first  the  beam  out  of  thine  own  eye,"  and  "A 


A  PEACEFUL  DISPOSITION.  157 

mild  answer  breaketh  wrath  ; '  if  you  practise 
these  two  things  you  will  do  a  great  deal  to- 
wards keeping  up  peace  amongst  your  neigh- 
bors. 

Another  word  from  Thomas  a  Keinpis  to 
conclude  with  :  "  He  who  best  knows  how  to 
endure  will  possess  the  greater  peace.  Such 
a  one  is  a  conqueror  of  himself,  and  lord  of 
the  world,  the  friend  of  Christ,  and  an  heir  of 
heaven.' 


IV, 
A  Pure  Mind  and  Simple  Intention. 

two  things,"   says   The   Following  of 
Christ,  "  is  man  lifted  above  earthly 
things,   viz.,  by  simplicity  and  purity. 
Simplicity  must  be  in  the  intention,  purity  in 
the  affection/1 

"What    kind  of  birds   are  those,  papa?' 
asked  a  little  girl  of  her  father,  as  they  were 
going  across  a  meadow. 

"  Those  birds  are  called  buzzards,"  answered 
the  father. 

"  How  nicely  they  are  soaring  in  a  ring,  and 
how  quietly  the}7  fly !  One  cannot  see  them 
move  their  wings." 

"  See,  how  they  are  gradually  lowering  them, 
selves  toward  that  forest.  Pretty  soon  they 
will  have  reached  the  tops  of  the  trees." 

"  What  are  they  coming  down  for?  do  they 
want  to  rest  in  the  trees  ?  ' 

"  Sometimes  they  may  want  to  rest,"  replied 
the  father  ;  "  but  generally  it  is  not  for  that 
purpose  that  they  come  down.  God  created 
these  birds  to  be  very  useful.  Wherever  the 
buzzards  find  the  carcass  of  an  animal,  they 

1.T8 


A  PURE  MIND  AND  SIMPLE  INTENTION.       159 

will  settle  down  on  it  to  eat  it  up.  Generally 
a  half  dozen  or  more  will  gather  to  devour  the 
carrion  together.  From  this  you  can  judge  of 
what  great  benefit  the  buzzard  is  to  us. 
Those  seven  or  eight  we  have  just  seen  are 
now  probably  engaged  at  this  work — eating  up 
the  putrid  remains  of  some  animal." 

Like  the  buzzard  or  the  eagle,  my  dear  little 
followers  of  Jesus,  we  ought  to  soar  up  on 
high,  and  raised  thus  above  the  earth  and  all 
that  is  earthly,  keep  moving  in  the  pure  at- 
mosphere of  God's  love.  That  is,  our  minds 
must  be  pure  ;  our  hearts  must  be  free  from 
all  inordinate  affection  for  the  world  or  for 
ourselves. 

Oh,  yes,  most  certainly  we  all  desire  this- 
to  be  thus  soaring  high  up  in  God's  love,  with 
pure  hearts,  unsullied  by  sin.  We  often  wish 
we  could  sit  on  top  of  some  light,  floating 
cloud,  and  thus  from  on  high  look  down  upon 
the  bogs  and  swamps,  deserts  and  wastes,  and 
the  beautiful  countries,  towns,  and  cities, 
rivers,  seas,  and  lakes  of  the  earth.  But, 
alas,  we  are  kept  tied  down  to  the  earth. 
Here  we  must  work,  eat,  drink,  and  sleep 
away  one  third  of  our  life,  more  or  less.  Like 
the  buzzard  that  soars  down  from  its  airy 


160  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

height  to  do  the  lowest  thing  even  a  brute 
can  do — feed  on  carrion,  so  we  sometimes 
feel  as  if  we  were  drawn  down  from  the  bliss- 
ful height  of  God's  love  and  friendship  to  the 
mean  and  contemptible  things  of  the  earth. 

But  patience,  my  dear  readers !  We  cannot 
go  away  from  the  earth  yet,  not  until  God 
calls  us.  We  must  work,  eat,  drink,  and  sleep, 
and  suffer  trials  and  harships  for  many  years 
yet,  perhaps  ;  God  wants  it  so.  And  here  now 
is  where  the  simplicity  of  intention  comes  in. 
We  must  do  as  St.  Paul  says  :  "  Whether  you 
eat  or  drink,  or  whatsoever  else  you  do,  do  all 
things  for  the  glory  of  God."  This  must  be 
our  "  simple  intention."  While  we  are  in  this 
world  and  must  busy  ourselves  with  it,  we 
must,  as  St.  Paul  says  again,  "  use  this  world 
as  if  we  used  it  not ; '  that  is,  we  must  not 
let  ourselves  be  attached  to  it,  so  as  to  forget 
£rod  and  our  eternal  salvation. 

You  know  there  are  so  many,  very  many, 
who  do  this.  They  live  only  for  this  world, 
as  if  they  had  to  stay  here  forever.  Some 
think  only  of  eating  and  drinking  ;  when  they 
are  done  with  breakfast  they  speak  already  of 
dinner ;  hardly  have  they  finished  dinner 
when  they  already  think  and  make  plans 


A  PUKE  MIND  AND  SIMPLE  INTENTION.          161 

about  supper.  Others  there  are  who  live  only 
for  money  ;  to  earn  it,  they  work  and  drudge 
day  and  night ;  and  when  they  have  it,  in- 
stead of  using  it  to  satisfy  their  wants  and 
procure  the  comforts  of  life,  or  to  do  good 
with  it  amongst  their  fellow-men,  they  pile 
it  up,  and  hide  it,  and  watch  it  most  carefully. 

How  much  more  prudent  the  followers  of 
Jesus  are  in  this  respect !  Their  simple  in- 
tention is  to  use  the  world  only  in  as  far  as 
they  have  to  do,  and  as  God  wills.  Their 
hearts  they  keep  free.  While  with  their 
bodies  they  are  on  earth,  they  are  soaring  on 
high  with  God  in  the  purity  of  their  minds 
and  the  love  of  their  hearts.  Yes,  the  things 
they  make  use  of  in  the  world  will  be  a  help 
to  them  in  raising  themselves  up  to  God.  As 
mean  and  insignificant  as  a  thing  may  be,  look 
at  it  aright,  examine  it,  study  it — you  will  find 
it  can  teach  you  something  about  the  goodness, 
mercy,  justice,  or  power  of  God.  Very  ap- 
propriately, therefore,  does  Thomas  a  Kempis 
say  :  "  There  is  no  creature  so  little  and  so 
vile  that  it  showeth  not  forth  the  goodness  of 
God." 

Let  us  do  as  Holy  Scripture  admonishes  : 
"  Love  not  the  world,  nor  those  things  which 


THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 


are  in  the  world.  Mind  the  things  that  are 
above,  not  the  things  that  are  on  the  earth." 
We  may  use  what  we  must  of  the  world,  as 
God  desires  it,  for  the  honor  and  glory  of  God, 
for  the  welfare  of  our  souls.  This  shall  be 
our  "  simple  intention."  We  will  keep  our- 
selves free  from  sin,  mindful  that  we  are 
ever  walking  in  God's  presence.  This  is  the 
"  purity  of  mind."  'How  beautiful  and  true 
are  these  words  of  The  Following  of  Christ  : 
"  As  iron  cast  into  the  fire  loses  its  rust,  and 
becomes  all  bright  with  burning,  so  the  man 
that  turneth  himself  whollv  to  God  is  divested 

u 

of  all  sloth  and  changed  into  a  new  man." 


V, 
Self-Consideration. 

|OME  of  the  ancient  philosophers  main- 
tained that  the  foundation,  of  all  right- 
eousness and  morality  lay  in  the  follow- 
ing words;  "Learn  to  know  thyself."  And 
they  were  not  wrong.  Why  not  ? 

God,  in  His  infinite  goodness  and  mercy,  ha§ 
revealed  to  us  all  we  must  know  be  saved.  He 
has  clearly  told  us  what  we  must  believe  and 
what  we  must  do  in  order  to  go  to  heaven. 
Jesus  has  also  founded  His  Church  to  be  our 
infallible  guide  on  the  way  through  this  life  to 
eternity.  On  the  part  of  God,  therefore,  there 
is  nothing  wanting.  He  has  pointed  out  the 
way  clearly  ;  He  has  given  us  an  unerring 
guide  ;  and  He  is  with  us  to  help  us,  by  His 
graces,  to  overcome  the  obstacles  that  beset 
our  path. 

But  on  our  part  much  ma'y  be  wanting.  We 
liave  mighty  enemies  to  struggle  with — the 
world  and  the  devil  ;  and  they  are  very  cun- 
ning and  most  treacherous  ;  yet  these  enemies 
are  only  outside  of  the  fort.  The  most  danger- 
ous of  our  enemies,  the  one  that  is  the  most 

163 


164  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

treacherous,  is  the  enemy  inside  of  the  fort- 
our  own  wicked  natures.    You  understand  this, 
don't  you  ? 

We  are  born  with  strong  inclinations  to  evil ; 
it  is  what  we  have  inherited,  through  original 
sin,  from  Adam  and  Eve,  our  first  parents- 
To  do  bad  is  natural  for  us,  to  do  good  goes 
against  us.  It  is  like  going  down  and  up  a 
hill.  Going  down  is  easy  enough  ;  but  climb- 
ing up  is  hard  work.  We  are  born  with  the 
root  of  one  of  the  seven  capital  sins  in  our 
hearts.  One  has  the  root  of  pride  in  his  heart ; 
another,  that  of  covetousness  ;  another,  that  of 
lust,  and  so  on.  Some  hearts,  it  seems,  have 
the  roots  of  all  the  seven  capital  sins  fastened 
in  them.  Like  Mary  Magdalene,  they  are  pos- 
sessed by  seven  devils. 

How  very  dangerous,  therefore,  we  are  to 
our  own  souls  !  We  are  liable,  at  any  moment, 
to  put  out  our  haixls,  so  to  join  by  sin  with 
the  other  two  enemies,  the  world  and  the 
devil.  We  must  ev'er  be  watchful  over  oar- 
selves.  We  must  study  our  natures,  see  what 
particular  evil  inclination,  the  root  of  what 
capital  sin,  we  have  fixed  in  our  hearts.  From 
time  to  time  a  sinful  passion  will  show  itself, 
or  some  bad  habit  may  take  hold  of  us.  They 


SELF-COXSIDERATION.  165 

spring  up  like  the  weeds  iu  a  garden,  or  the 
wild  shoots  round  a  tree.  We  must  be  on  the 
watch,  always  ;  as  soon  as  we  see  these  wild 
shoots,  we  must  cut  them  off,  or  tear  them  up. 

Do  you  understand  now  what  self -consider- 
ation is,  and  why  it  is  so  important  to  consider 
oneself?  "If  thou  wouldst  have  true  peace 
and  perfect  union,"  says  Thomas  a  Kempis, 
"  thou  must  casf  all  things  else  aside,  and  keep 
they  eyes  upon  thyself  alone." 

A  certain  man  inherited  a  rich,  very  beauti- 
ful vineyard.  It  was  a  very  large  vineyard, 
and  in  the  best  condition  possible  when  he 
came  into  possession  of  it.  All  he  had  to  do 
was  to  keep  up  his  vineyard,  work  it  aright, 
and  tend  it  well,  and  he  would  become  a  rich 
man. 

What  did  this  man  do  ?  He  was  foolish  in- 
deed. He  cared  very  little  for  his  vineyard — 
very  little  he  worked  in  it.  He  would  rather 
attend  to  his  neighbors'  business  than  to  his 
own.  He  would  tell  other 'people  how  to  man- 
age their  farms,  or  how  to  work  their  gardens. 
He  spent  most  of  his  time  in  idleness,  or 
lounging  around  the  public  places  of  the  town 
near  which  he  lived.  His  own  good  vineyard 
he  neglected  nearly  altogether. 


166  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

What  was  the  result  ?  Let  the  Wise  Man 
tell  you  :  "  I  passed  by  the  field  of  the  sloth- 
ful man,"  says  He,  "  and  by  the  vineyard  of 
the  foolish  man,  and  behold  !  it  was  filled  witli 
nettles,  and  thorns  had  covered  the  face  there- 
of;  and  the  stone  wall  was  broken  down." 

Apply  this  picture  to  yourself,  iny  little  fol- 
lower of  Jesus  :  If  you  care  nothing  about 
self-consideration  ;  if  you  fail  to  examine  your- 
self, to  study  your  own  faults,  evil  inclinations, 
and  bad  habits,  your  heart  will  soon  be  spoiled 
altogether,  like  a  garden  spoiled  by  the  weeds, 
the  thistles  and  thorns  growing  in  it. 

Do  this  in  future :  hold  one  eye  fixed  on 
God,  to  study  and  learn  what  is  His  holy  will ;. 
the  other  eye  keep  fixed  on  yourself,  to  study 
yourself,  to  look  out  before  you  on  the  way  you 
are  going,  that  your  foot  may  not  be  caught, 
that  you  may  not  stumble  and  fall.  Do  this  ; 
it  will  not  leave  you  much  time  to  watch  others. 
You  will  have  enough  to  do  with  yourself. 

Let  us  finish  with  another  passage  from  The 
Following  of  Christ :  "  The  interior  man  re- 
gardeth  the  care  of  himself  before  all  other 
cares  ;  and  he  that  looketh  diligently  to  him- 
self findeth  it  not  difficult  to  be  silent  about 
Hhers." 


VI. 
Joy  of  a  Good  Conscience. 

little  followers  of  Jesus,  though  you 
have  everything  else  that  you  may  de- 
sire, if  you  have  not  a  good  conscience 
you  cannot  feel  really  happy.  You  may  have 
plenty  of  money ;  you  may  enjoy  the  best  of 
health ;  you  may  be  honored  and  esteemed  by 
your  fellow-men  ;  you  may  have  all  the  sensual 
pleasures  you  can  wish  for  :  if  you  have  a  bad 
conscience,  if  the  secret  worm  of  guilt  is  gnaw- 
ing  in  your  heart — this  alone  is  enough  to 
spoil  all  your  joy  and  peace. 

The  sinner  is  blinded.  He  wilfully  ties  his 
own  eyes,  that  he  may  not  see  the  miserable, 
dangerous  condition  he  is  in.  But  as  much  as 
he  may  try  to  deceive  himself,  he  will  frequent- 
ly feel  the  sting  of  his  bad  conscience,  which 
fills  him  with  alarm  and  uneasiness.  Oh,  if 
the  sinner  would  only  once  look  earnestly  at 
himself,  and  examine  the  most  pitiable,  danger- 
ous state  in  which  he  is  on  account  of  his  sin, 
most  certainly  he  would  be  frightened  ;  and  he 
would  not  tarry  one  moment  to  free  himself 
from  such  a  condition. 

167 


108  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

Here  is  a  picture  for  us  all  to  study;  it  rep- 
resents to  us  the  misery  of  those  who  live 
in  the  state  of  mortal  sin. 

A  farmer  in  Italy  was  very  expert  in  catch- 
ing vipers.  You  know,  the  viper  is  a  poison- 
ous snake  ;  its  bite  causes  death  in  a  very 
short  time.  The  farmer  would  bring  his  vipers 
to  the  apothecary,  who  would  buy  them  at  a 
good  price,  for  the  purpose  of  making  theriac, 
a  certain  kind  of  medicine. 

One  day  the  farmer  had  extraordinary 
success ;  he  caught  one  hundred  and  fifty 
vipers  ;  and  he  puit  them  into  a  box  which  he 
always  carried  with  him  for  that  purpose.  He 
was  very  tired  when  he  got  home.  He  took 
only  a  little  supper,  after  which  he  lay 
down  to  rest.  The  box  of  vipers  he  set  down 
on  the  floor,  in  one  corner  of  the  bed-room. 
"What  happened  ?  While  he  was  sleeping  the 
vipers  became  restless  :  they  began  to  move  in 
the  box  and  to  press  upwards.  Thus  it  came 
that  the  lid  of  the  box  was  forced  open,  and 
the  reptiles  crept  out  into  the  room.  The 
warmth  of  the  bed  in  which  the  farmer  was 
sleeping  attracted  them.  They,  therefore, 
crept  up  into  it,  got  in  under  the  covers,  and 
wound  themselves  around  the  man's  legs  and 


JOT  OF  A  GOOD  CONSCIENCE.  169 

arms,    and   even   around   his  body  and   neck. 

Late  next  morning  the  farmer  wakes  up. 
Lucky  for  him  that  he  awakes  without  mak- 
ing any  motion.  He  forthwith  realizes  his 
condition,  and  he  nearly  "dies  with  fright. 
Most  horrifying,  isn't  it?  The  vipers  encircling 
his  arms,  legs,  and  neck !  One  little  motion, 
and  they  will  be  aroused  ;  they  will  bite  him, 
and  the  poison  will  be  his  death  in  less  than 
an  hour  ! 

This  is  a  picture  of  the  sinner.  Mortal  sin, 
worse  than  a  hundred  vipers,  has  wound  itself 
around  the  sinner's  soul.  Already  the  soul  is 
dead  ;  and  it  takes  but  a  sign  from  God,  in 
whose  dread  hand  the  poor,  ungrateful  sinner 
is,  and  the  soul  falls  and  is  dragged  into  hell, 
there  to  be  tortured  forever.  This  the  sinner 
knows,  and  he  mast  believe  it,  and  does  be- 
lieve it.  How  can  he,  therefore,  be  happy  as 
long  as  he  is  in  such  a  state  ? 

Ah,  yes  !  Like  Adam,  every  sinner  must 
say:  "I  heard  Thy  voice,  and  I  was  afraid.'1 
And  with  Jeremiah,  the  Prophet :  "  We 
looked  for  peace,  and  no  good  came  :  for  a 
time  of  healing,  and  behold,  fear."  "  Know 
them,  and  see,"  thus  admonishes  the  same 
prophet,  Jeremiah,  u  that  it  is  an  evil  and  a 


170  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

bitter  thing  for  tliee,  to  have  left  the  Lord  thy 
God !  " 

Do  you  see  now,  nay  dear  children,  and  un- 
derstand why  we  should  always  strive  to  have 
a  good  conscience  ?  ''  Have  a  good  con- 
science," says  The  Following  c/  Christ,  "  and 
thou  shalt  always  have  joy."  Though  every- 
thing and  everybody  should  be  against  you  in 
this  world,  have  a  good  conscience,  and  you 
will  live  contented.  If  God  is  with  you,  if  He 

• 

is  your  friend,  then  you  are  all  right.  Serve 
God  with  a  good  conscience,  and  fear  nothing 
else. 

But  I  must  finish  the  story  of  the  farmer. 
What  did  he  do  to  rid  himself  of  the  vipers  ? 

For  quite  a  while  he  lay  immovable  in  his 
bed.  At  last  he  hears  his  son  approaching  the 
door  of  his  room.  He  calls  to  him  to  be  care- 
ful, and  tells  him,  in  a  few  words,  what  a 
terrible  condition  he  is  in.  Then  he  orders 
him  to  bring  a  vessel  of  fresh  warm  milk  and 
set  it  down  in  the  middle  of  the  floor. 

This  is  done  immediately.  No  sooner  do 
the  vipers  smell  the  milk  than  they  begin  to 
untwist  themselves  from  the  man's  limbs. 
They  crawl  down  from  the  bed,  and  make  for 
the  vessel  of  milk  on  the  floor.  Now  the  farm- 


JOY  OF  A  GOOD  CONSCIENCE.  171 

er  is  free.  He  gets  up  from  his  bed  quietly, 
takes  the  box  which  is  standing  in  the  corner^ 
and  puts  it  over  the  vipers  around  the  milk. 
Thus  the  reptiles  are  caught  once  more,  and 
secured. 

First,   he  kneels  down  and  humbly  thanks 

4> 

God  for  having  saved  him  from  the  death- 
bringing  bite  of  the  vipers.  Then  he  managed, 
by  the  use  of  a  pair  of  tongs,  to  draw  the  vipers, 
one  by  one,  out  of  the  vessel  of  milk,  and 
killed  them  by  cutting  their  heads  off. 

Let  us  not  forget  this  :  If  we  wish  to  live  in 
peace  and  joy,  let  us  keep  a  good  conscience. 
If  we  have  committed  mortal  sin,  let  us  forth- 
with rid  ourselves  of  the  deadly  viper  twisting 
about  our  souls,  by  making  a  good  confession. 
Cut  off  the  viper's  head  by  avoiding  the  old  oc- 
casion of  sin.  Let  us  not  fall  back  into  sin 
again,  and  we  may  experience  the  truth  of 
what  Thomas  a  Kempis  says  :  "  Easily  will 
he  be  content  and  at  peace  whose  conscience  is 
undefilecL" 


VII. 
Love  of  Jesus  Above  All  Things. 

any  man  love  not  our  Lord  Jesus 
Christ,  let  him  be  anathema,"  St.  Paul 
writes  to  the  Corinthians. 

To  say  we  love  Jesus  is  one  thing  ;  to  prove 
the  love  we  profess  for  Jesus,  by  our  lives,  is 
quite  another,  It  is  easy  enough  to  say  :  "  O 
Jesus,  I  love  Thee  with  my  whole  heart,  and 
above  all  things."  When  there  is  something 
to  be  done,  unpleasant  and  difficult  for  us,  but 
pleasing  to  Jesus  ;  or  when  there  is  something 
to  be  avoided,  pleasant,  perhaps,  for  us,  and 
very  tempting,  but  sinful,  and  therefore  for- 
bidden by  Jesus — then  is  the  time  when  we 
can  show  whether  or  not  we  love  Jesus  above 
all  things  ;  whether  our  love  is  only  a  love  in 
words,  or  a  love  in  deed  and  earnest. 

Most  of  you,  I  presume,  are  acquainted  with 
the  history  of  St.  Aqnes,  virgin  and  martyr  of 

•/  CJ  <_  J  •' 

Eome.  This  saint,  in  her  life  and  death,  gives 
us  such  a  beautiful  example  of  true  love  of 
Jesus — I  do  not  know  what  better  I  could  do, 
by  way  of  illustrating  this  chapter,  than  to 
tell  you  something  of  this  great  saint,  her  life 

172 


LOVE  OF  JESUS  ABOVE  ALL  THINGS-  173 

and  death.  Listen,  therefore,  and  take  it  to 
heart. 

St.  Agnes,  when  she  was  martyred,  was 
only  thirteen  years  of  age.  Her  parents  were 
rich,  and  of  high  standing  in  the  city  of  Rome. 
Agnes  was  born  a  Catholic.  She  was  a  saint, 
even  from  her  earliest  childhood.  As  she 
grew  up,  and  when  she  became  older,  she  was 
filled  more  and  more  with  a  burning  love  for 
Jesus.  She  would  love  Him  above  all  things  ; 
He  alone  would  be  her  Spouse  ;  she  would  not 
love  another.  Jesus  was  her  All ;  on  Him  she 
had  her  thoughts  fixed  constantly  ;  with  Him 
she  conversed  in  her  heart ;  in  His  presence 
she  always  walked,  most  carefully.  You  may 
imagine  from  this  how  modest,  innocent,  beau- 
tiful, really  angel-like,  this  holy  virgin  must 
have  been. 

One  day  it  happened  that  the  prefect's  son 
caught  sight  of  her  ;  and  forthwith  he  was 
captivated  by  her  extraordinary  beauty.  His 
resolve  was  made  immediately.  He  would 
woo  her  and  make  her  his  wife.  His  father, 
also,  gave  willing  consent,  raid  promised  to 
support  him  in  his  suit  for  the  hand  of  Agnes. 
And  the  saint  ?  She  had  chosen  her  Saviour, 
Jesus,  for  her  Spouse ;  would  she  now  aban- 


174  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

don  Him   to   choose   the   heathen  ?     Oh,  no ! 

Her  love  for  Jesus  burst  through  all  re- 
straint ;  her  words  are  like  a  burning  fire. 
Listen  to  what  she  says  :  "  Depart  from  me, 
thou  food  of  death  !  Another  Lover  has  come 
before  thee,  to  whom  I  have  given  rny  heart 
and  affection.  To  Him  I  will  remain  faithful  ; 
in  His  arms  I  trust  in}7self,  body  and  soul." 

The  prefect's  son  asks  her  who  this  lover  is, 
and  what  kind  of  a  man  he  is. 

Again  the  Saint  answers  in  terms  of  raptu- 
rous love  :  "  My  right  hand  and  my  neck  He 
has  adorned  with  precious  stones  ;  and  to  my 
ears  He  has  fastened  gems  of  inestimable 
value.  He  has  clothed  me  with  a  mantle 
worked  in  gold,  and  beset  with  most  precious 
ornaments.  Honey  and  milk  have  I  received 
from  His  lips,  and  His  blood  has  crimsoned 
my  cheeks.  I  am  espoused  to  Him  whom  the 
angels  serve,  whose  beauty  sun  and  moon  ad- 
mire. My  Spouse  is  Christ.  With  beautify- 
ing and  sparkling  gems  did  He  adorn  me.  A 
mark  He  has  set  upon  my  face  ;  I  shall  not 
admit  any  other  lover  but  Him." 

Thus  did  St.  Agnes  extol  the  spiritual  gifts 
with  which  Jesus,  her  heavenly  Spouse,  had 
adorned  her  soul  ;  but  how  could  the  mat- 


LOVE  OF  JESUS  ABOVE  ALL  THINGS.  175 

ter-of-fact  heathen  understand  such  words  ? 
The  holy  virgin  is  now  tied  and  dragged  before 
the  prefect's  tribunal,  to  answer  for  her  faith. 
True  to  Jesus,  she  refuses  to  adore  the  false 
gods,  in  spite  of  all  the  prefect's  kind  promises 
and  flattering  caresses.  He  commands  her 
now  to  be  led  through  the  streets  of  Rome,  ex- 
posed, for  shame  and  disgrace,  to  the  eyes  of 
thousands  and  thousands  of  people  ;  after 
which  she  is  led  into  a  house  of  lowest  wick- 
edness. But  God  watches  over  her ;  Jesus 
shields  her  innocence  by  several  great,  aston- 
ishing miracles. 

Next  she  is  put  on  a  funeral  pile,  to  be 
burned  to  death  ;  but  the  fire  does  not  touch 
her.  The  judge  then  orders  the  executioner 
to  run  his  sword  through  her  throat ;  as  he 
trembles,  St.  Agnes  cheers  him  up  :  "  Why  art 
thou  afraid  ?  Strike  and  kill  this  body,  which 
is  an  object  of  pleasure  for  eyes  which  I  do 
not  want  to  please."  The  man  now  strikes  and 
gives  her  the  death-blow  :  aud  thus  it  was,  my 
little  followers  of  Jesus,  that  St.  Agnes  shed 
her  blood  and  laid  down  her  life  in  fidelity  to 
Jesus,  her  Spouse,  whom  she  loved  most  ar- 
dentl}T  and  above  all  things. 

Now,  if  you  have  T/te  Following  of  Christ  at 


176  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWED  OI-  JH.SUS. 


hand,  or  can  get  one,  open  it  and  read  the 
seventh  chapter  of  book  the  second  ;  and  tell 
me  :  Could  you  find  anything  better  to  ex- 
emplify this  lesson  about  the  "  Love  of  Jesus 
above  all  things,"  than  what  I  have  told  you 
about  St.  Agnes  ?  Let  us,  therefore,  ask 
Jesus  to  give  us  such  a  love.  Ah,  yes  !  we  all 
feel  it  too  well :  our  hearts  are  so  cold  !  But 
Jesus  says  :  "  I  am  come  to  send  fire  on  the 
earth,  and  what  will  I  but  that  it  be  kindled  ?  ' 
Let  us  pray  with  the  Psalmist  :  "I  will  love 
Thee,  O  Lord,  rny  strength  :  in  Thee  I  will 
put  my  trust." 

"In  life  and  in  death  keep  thyself  near  to 
Jesus,  and  intrust  thyself  to  His  fidelity,  who 
alone  can  help  thee  when  all  others  fail ! ' 
words  from  Thomas  a  Kempis. 


7m. 

Familiar  Friendship  With  Jesus. 

|UE  Lord  most  ardently  desires  our  frieod- 
sliip;  He  will  be  our  Friend,  also,  power- 
ful and  true;  and  He  tells  us  what  we 
must  do  to  have  Him  always  for  our  Friend.  He 
says:  "  You  are  My  friends  if  you  do  the  things 
that  I  command  yo  u.  I  will  not  now  call  you 
servants:  for  the  servant  knoweth  not  what 
his  lord  doeth.  But  I  have  called  you  friends, 
because  all  things  whatsoever  I  have  heard 
from  My  Father,  I  have  made  known  to  you." 
Do  }rou  see  ?  Jesus  has  done  everything  to 
gain  our  friendship.  Sin  had  made  us  enemies 
of  His  heavenly  Father.  To  free  us  from  sin. 
and  thereby  to  reconcile  us  with  His  Father, 
the  Son  of  God  became  man.  The  Child  in 
the  crib  suffers  and  cries  for  the  sins  of  man- 
kind; the  poor  shepherds  come,  and  the  three 
holy  kings,  to  offer  Him  their  love  and  friend- 
ship. As  a  grown-up  man,  Jesus  is  reviled  by 
the  Pharisees,  persecuted  most  bitterly  by  His 
enemies,  in  spite  of  all  He  does  to  draw  them 
to  Himself;  the  publicans,  however — the  "  sin- 
ners," as  the  Pharisees  called  them — become 

177 


178  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

the  friends  of  Jesus.  He  eats  with  them, 
He  converses  with  them,  He  stays  with  them 
in  their  houses.  Mary  Magdalene,  the  Samar- 
itan woman  at  the  well,  are  touched  by  His 
love  and  mercy  for  them;  they  repent  of  their 
sins;  and  forthwith  He  counts  them  among 
His  friends.  He  calls  Matthew  away  from  the 
toll-house  and  makes  him  one  of  His  apostles; 
He  tells  Zacheus  to  get  down  from  the  syca- 
more tree,  because  He  wanted  to  abide  that 
day  in  his  house;  and  of  the  repentant  public- 
an in  the  temple  He  says:  "  This  man  went 
down  to  his  house  justified."  Such,  my  dear 
children,  were  the  friends  of  Jesus. 

And  when  our  blessed  Redeemer  was  hang- 
ing on  the  Cross,  suffering  and  dying,  how  was 
it?  Even  then  His  enemies  hated  Him;  thev 

V 

scoffed  at  Him  and  did  everything  they  could 
think  of  to  increase  His  suffering.  But  even  in 
that  last  bitter  hour  tbe  love  of  the  Sacred 
Heart  of  Jesus  won  a  friend — the  robber  on 
his  right  side.  Jesus  said  to  him:  "Amen,  I 
say  to  thee,  this  day  thou  wilt  be  with  Me  in 
paradise." 

And  what  now  about  the  friendship  of  Jesus  ? 
Listen;  Thomas  a  Kempis  gives  us  the  answer: 

"Whosoever  findeth  Jesus,"  says  he,  "find- 


FAMILIAR  FRIENDSHIP  WITH  JESUS.  179 

eth  a  Treasure,  yea,  a  Good  above  every  good. 
And  he  that  loseth  Jesus  loseth  much,  yea, 
more  than  the  whole  world. 

A  young  man  went  over  from  America,  across 
the  ocean,  to  visit  his  parents,  still  living,  and 
his  brothers  and  sisters.  He  had  not  seen  them 
for  many  years.  What  joy  there  was  in  that 
house  !  The  old  father  and  mother  embraced 
their  son  and  wept  for  very  joy;  the  brothers 
and  sisters,  each  in  turn,  embraced  him — their 
dearest  brother,  for  whom  they  had  longed  for 
so  many  years. 

Two  or  three  years  after  there  came  a  parting. 
This  same  young  man  was  drafted,  and  he  had 
to  go  with  his  regiment.  What  sorrow  and 
misery  there  was  then  in  that  house  !  The  fa- 
ther was  almost  despairing,  the  mother's 
heart  was  torn.  The  brothers  and  sisters 
nearly  went  wild  with  grief.  They  all  sobbed 
and  cried  aloud;  they  embraced  him  again  and 
again;  they  clung  to  him  as  if  they  would  force 
him  to  stay.  But  he  had  to  go.  Would  he 
ever  return  again  ?  Would  they  ever  see  him 
again,  alive  and  well  ? 

Such  is  life.  A  long-absent  friend  or  relative 
returns,  and  people  rejoice;  he  departs,  and 
they  are  filled  with  grief.  Let  me  ask  :  Is 


180  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

there  a  friend  as  good  as  Jesus  ?  Is  there  a 
brother  as  loving  as  Jesus  ?  When  a  soul 
finds  Jesus,  why  do  not  men  rejoice  ?  When 
a  soul  loses  Jesus  by  mortal  sin,  why  do  they 
not  grieve  and  lament  ? 

Let  us,  therefore,  dear  readers,  always  be 
friends  of  Jesus.  It  is  not  hard  for  us  to  gain 
His  friendship.  Was  it  hard  for  Mary  Mag- 
dalene and  the  Samaritan  woman  to  become 
friends  of  Jesus  ?  They  repented  of  their  sins. 
So  we,  too,  must  repent  if  we  have  had  the 
misfortune  to  commit  a  mortal  sin. 

On  the  Cross  our  Saviour  could  pray:  "  Fa- 
ther, forgive  them,  for  they  know  not  what 
they  do."  If  we  refuse  the  friendship  of  Jesus, 
He  could  not  pray  that  way  for  us;  for,  surely, 
we  know  better  who  Jesus  is. 

If  you.  are  careful  always  to  have  Jesus  for 
your  friend,  then  it  makes  no  difference  wheth- 
er or  not  you  have  other  friends  in  this  world. 
But,  whatever  other  friends  you  may  have,  or 
whatever  else  you  love,  love  no  one  and  noth- 
ing more  than  Jesus.  As  The  Following  <>/ 
Christ  says:  "  Let  all  be  loved  for  Jesus'  sake, 
but  Jesus  for  His  own  sake."  If  you  have  en- 
emies, love  them  after  the  example  that  your 
Saviour  Himself  gave  you.  If  you  are  thought 


i 

FAMILIAR   FRIENDSHIP    WITH   JESUS.        181 


well  of  and  praised,  think  by  yourself :  what- 
ever good  there  is  in  me,  whatever  good  I  am 
doing,  all  comes  from  Jesus  ! 

Here  is  a  sentence  from  The  Following  of 
Christ :  "  Without  a  friend  thou  canst  not  live 
happily ;  and  if  Jesus  is  not  a  friend  to  thee 
above  all,  thou  wilt  indeed  be  sad  and  desolate/* 


IX. 
Want  of  All  Consolation. 


^HOMAS  A  KEMPIS  speaks  from  obser- 
vation and  according  to  general  experi- 
ence when  lie  says  :  "  I  never  found  any 
one  so  religious  and  devout  as  not  sometimes  to 
experience  a  withdrawal  of  grace,  or  feel  a 
diminution  of  fervor.  No  saint  .was  ever  so 
sublimely  rapt  and  illuminated  as  not  to  be 
tempted  sooner  or  later." 

You  must  understand  this  aright.  God 
never  withdraws  His  grace  from  us  in  such  a 
way  that  He  will  not  assist  us  in  time  of  temp- 
tation, so  that,  from  want  of  this  assistance,  we 
must  fall  into  sin.  No  !  God  is  always  with 
us  ;  He  always  gives  us  grace  enough  to  over- 
come the  temptation.  "  God  is  faithful,"  says 
St.  Paul.  "  He  will  not  suffer  you  to  be 
tempted  above  that  which  you  are  able  ;  but 
will  make  also  with  temptation  issue,  so  that 
you  may  be  able  to  bear  it." 

By  "  withdrawal  of  grace  '  Thomas  a  Kem- 
pis  means  that  God  will  sometimes  take  all 
consolation  away  from  us.  Outwardly  we  may 
be  afflicted  by  various  kinds  of  troubles,  sick- 

182 


WANT  OF  ALL  CONSOLATION.  183 

ness,  poverty,  contempt  from  our  neighbors, 
and  so  on  ;  while  inwardly  we  may  be  tried, 
at  the  same  time,  by  most  grievous  temptations 
— temptations  against  charity,  holy  purity,  and 
such  like.  Now,  if  in  these  trials  and  afflic- 
tions we  could,  so  to  speak,  feel  the  loving  hand 
of  God  supporting  us  ;  if  we  could  lay  our 
heads  on  Jesus'  breast,  as  St.  John  did  at  the 
Last  Supper  ;  in  short,  if  we  could  sensibly  feel 
God's  mighty  presence  holding  us  in  His  arms 
and  sweetly  consoling  us  :  oh,  yes  !  then  we, 
too,  might  cry  out  in  exultation  :  "  If  God  be 
for  us,  who  is  against  us  ?  I  am  sure  that 
neither  death,  nor  life,  nor  angels,  nor  princi- 
.palities,  nor  powers,  nor  things  present,  nor 
things  to  come,  nor  height,  nor  depth,  nor  any 
other  creature,  shall  be  able  to  separate  us  from 
the  love  of  God,  which  is  in  Christ  Jesus  our 
Lord." 

But,  my  little  follower  of  Jesus,  we  must  be 
tried  even  more  than  this.  Jesus  permits  it. 
He  Himself  has  deigned  to  give  us  an  example 
of  this.  Look  up  to  Him,  as  He  hangs  on  the 
cross  :  His  hands  and  feet  are  pierced  by 
nails,  thorns  are  driven  into  His  head;  His 
body  is  torn  by  countless  wounds  ;  His  blood 
flows  down  to  the  earth  ;  most  intense  is  the 


184  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

suffering  He  endures — no  one  else,  before  or 
after,  has  ever  endured  such  pain  and  torment; 
and  all  the  while  He  hangs  on  the  cross,  He 
hears  the  bitter  curses,  blasphemies,  mockeries 
from  His  enemies,  those  who  have  crucified 
Him,  and  for  whom  He  dies.  But  the  greatest 
pain,  the  most  bitter  of  all  torments  He  en- 
dures then  when  He  cries  out:  "  My  God,  My 
God,  why  hast  Thou  forsaken  Me  ?  ' 

So,  let  us  be  prepared  for  this  want  of  all 
consolation, whenever  and  as  often  as  God  may 
visit  us  with  it — prepared  to  take  it  with  resig- 
nation, and  endure  it  patiently,  as  long  as  it 
may  last.  It  will  be  something  in  this  way  : 
you  still  have  good  will  to  say  your  prayers 
regularly,  to  make  your  meditations  and  ex- 
aminations of  conscience,  to  visit  Jesus  in  the 
most  holy  Sacrament  of  the  altar,  to  receive 
Him  often  in  holy  Communion,  and  so  on. 
Heretofore  you  felt  so  much  pleasure  and 
satisfaction  in  these  practices  ;  but  now,  all  at 
once,  you  lose  your  relish.  You  feel  so  dry  and 
indifferent.  When  you  pray  it  is  nothing  but 
distractions — no  spirit,  no  pleasure.  The 
same  as  regards  your  meditations  and  exami- 
nation of  conscience.  When  you  go  to  church 
to  visit  Jesus,  it  is  just  as  if  He  repulses  you. 


WANT  OF  ALL  CONSOLATION.  165 

In  Communion,  tlioiigh  jou  continue  to  receive 
Jesus  regularly  and  often,  you  feel  as  if  it  were 
not  Jesus  at  all ;  He  does  not  speak  to  3-011 
any  more  as  He  used  to  ;  He  lets  you  be  dry 
and  without  feeling,  as  it  were.  You  become 
discouraged — you  feel  much  like  throwing 
everything  overboard,  that  is,  you  are  tempted 
to  give  up  everything,  praying,  meditating, 
visiting  the  blessed  Sacrament,  receiving  holy 
Communion,  and  all. 

This  is  what  is  meant  by  "  want  of  all  con- 
solation : '  when  the  world,  your  friends,  and, 
apparently,  God  Himself,  have  forsaken  you 
and  left  vou,  as  it  were,  to  yourself.  But 

•/  •> 

courage  !  This  is  your  best  hour,  my  child  ! 
Hold  on  to  your  prayers  and  other  practices, 
in  spite  of  the  dry  ness.  You  can  gain  the 
most  precious  merits  now. 

I  read  once  about  three  pious  sisters,  who 
went  together  to  church  to  receive  holy  Com- 
munion. Another  saintly  person  was  in  the 
church  and  saw  them.  She  had  a  vision  in 
which  she  beheld  our  Lord,  in  the  form  of  a 
Child,  most  lovely  and  gracious.  When  the 
first  of  the  three  sisters  had  received  the 
sacred  Host,  Jesus  very  fondly  embraced  her, 
and,  in  look  and  manner,  showed  Himself 


ISO  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

friendly  and  loving.  When  the  second  re- 
ceived Him,  He  showed  no  more  than  ordinary 
satisfaction  ;  He  remained  rather  passive. 
But  when  the  third  received  Him,  our  Lord 
showed  nothing  but  signs  of  displeasure  ;  He 
struggled  in  the  priest's  hands  as  if  to  get 
away  from  her  ;  He  put  out  His  hands  as  if  to 
push  her  away,  and  repel  her.  A  voice  asked 
— it  was  the  voice  Jesus  Himself  :  "  Which  of 
these  three,  thinkest  tliou,  gives  Me  most 
pleasure  in  receiving  My  Body  and  Blood  ? ' 

"Lord,"  answered  the  person,  "most  cer- 
tainly the  one  who  received  You  first." 

"  No,"  answered  Jesus,  "  The  one  that  re- 
ceived Me  last  gave  Me  most  pleasure.  The 
first  receives  Me  only  for  the  sake  of  consola- 
tion :  I  must  draw  her  by  sweetness,  lest  she 
come  not  at  all.  The  second  remains  faithful, 
though  she  experiences  little  or  no  consolation 
from  Me.  The  last,  however,  keeps  on  receiving 
Me,  though  I  fill  her  heart  with  aridity  and 
bitterness." 

Do  you  see  and  understand  ? 

I  will  close  by  giving  you  the  example  of 
David,  as  it  is  contained  in  The  Following  of 
Christ:  "There  was  one  who,  when  grace 
was  with  him,  exclaimed :  '  I  said  in  my 


WAXT  OF  ALL  COXSOLATIOX.  187 

abundance,  I   shall    not   be    moved    forever.' 

44  But  when  grace  was  withdrawn,  he  tells 
what  he  experienced  in  himself,  saying  :  '  Thou 
hast  turned  away  Thy  face  from  me,  and  I  be- 
came troubled.' 

"  Yet  even  then  he  despaireth  not,  but  more 
earnestly  prayeth  to  the  Lord,  and  saith : 
'  Unto  Thee,  O  Lord,  will  I  cry ;  and  to  my 
God  will  I  make  supplication.' 

*'  At  length  he  receive th  the  fruit  of  his 
prayer,  and  witnesseth  that  he  was  heard,  say- 
ing :  '  The  Lord  hath  heard,  and  had  mercy 
on  me  ;  the  Lord  hath  become  my  helper.' 

"  But  in  what  way  ?  '  Thou  hast  turned,'  he 
saith,  '  my  mourning  into  joy,  and  Thou  hast 
encompassed  me  with  gladness.' 


X. 
Gratitude  for  the  Grace  of  God. 

me  translate  for  you  a  parable  found 
in  the  writings  of  St.  Ephrem.  It  is  as 
follows: 

"  '  He  that  hath,  to  him  shall  be  given;  but 
he  that  hath  not,  from  him  shall  be  taken 
away  even  that  which  he  hath.'  Is  God  un- 
just ?  No,  indeed!  Listen  to  a  parable: 

"  A  certain  landlord  had  two  servants  and 
three  yoke  of  oxen.  To  the  one  servant  he 
gave  two  yoke  of  oxen;  to  the  other,  one;  and 
he  said  to  both:  '  Go  ye  and  work  till  I  come 
back.' 

"  He  that  had  received  the  two  yoke  of  oxen 
went  and  worked  with  them  diligently.  By 
the  good  use  of  them  he  enriched  himself ;  and 
lastly  he 'fattened  his  oxen.  The  other,  how- 
ever, who  had  received  only  the  one  yoke,  tied 
his  oxen  to  the  manger:  sluggard  that  he  was, 
he  slept  away  his  time  without  working  in  the 
least. 

"  After  some  time  the  landlord  came  back  to 
see  what  his  servants  had  been  doing.  He 
saw  the  work  of  the  one  servant,  and  the 


GRATITUDE  FOR  THE  GRACE  OF  GOD.  189 

profits  gained  thereby,  and  he  praised  him 
greatly  for  it.  He  went  also  to  the  other  ser- 
vant: He  found  him  sleeping  ;  the  gxen  were 
still  tied  to  the  manger — so  lean  and  weakened 
that  they  nearly  fell  over.  He  therefore  said 
to  himself :  *  If  I  let  this  lazy  servant  keep 
my  oxen  I  will  quite  lose  them  ;  he  will  let 
them  starve  to  death.  I  koow  what  I  will  do  : 
I  will  take  my  oxen  away  from  him  and  give 
them  to  the  other,  who  has  worked  so  well  and 
cared  so  faithfully  for  his  oxen ;  for  to  every 
one  that  hath  shall  be  given,  and  he  shall 
abound  ;  but  from  him  that  hath  not,  that  also 
which  he  seemeth  to  have  shall  be  taken  away. 
:  Thus,  too,  does  our  Lord  speak  to  every  one 
who  is  careless  and  neglectful :  f  Because  I 
am  good,  have  I  chosen  thee,  and  given  thee 
the  faculty,  by  the  performing  of  good  works, 
to  gain  the  possession  of  eternal  life.  But 
thou  hast  despised  Me,  and  therefore  will  I 
also  despise  thee,  and  cover  thee  with  confu- 
sion ;  because,  wilfully,  thou  wouldst  not  agree 
to  do  good.' 

"  Now,  is  there  injustice  with  God  ?  Beware  I 
Let  us,  therefore,  dear  brethren,  endeavor  most 
earnestly  to  make  ourselves  worthy  of  the  love 
of  God  and  of  His  saints.' 


190  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

So    far    go    the    words    of     St.    Ephrem. 

I  spoke  to  you  in  the  last  chapter  about  the 
want  of  all  consolation.  The  worldly-minded, 
lukewarm,  careless  Christian  may  not  know 
and  may  never  find  out  in  reality  what  is 
meant  by  "  the  want  of  all  consolation."  How 
should  he  ?  He  is  only  half  and  half.  His 
maxim  is  :  No  more  and  no  further  than  I 
just  must,  to.  get  to  heaven  Such  a  one  our 
Lord  does  not  draw  into  the  sweetness  of  His 
intimacy.  To  follow  Jesus  from  afar,  so  as 

& 

not  to  lose  Him  altogether,  satisfies  him  ;  to 
draw  near  and  lay  his  head  on  Jesus'  heart 
-nay !  this  is  something  he  never  thinks 
about. 

But  the  true  follower  of  Jesus,  the  faithful 
disciple  whose  continual  and  ever  ardent  striv- 
ing goes  to  be  ever  near  His  Master  ;  whose 
sole  joy  and  happiness  consists  in  being  closely 
and  intimately  united  with  Jesus — he  it  is 
who  sometimes,  perhaps  often,  experiences 
what  is  meant  by  the  want  of  all  consolation. 

Now,  my  little  follower  of  Jesus,  if  ever  that 
liour  comes  upon  you,  be  it  soon  or  be  it  later, 
then  call  to  mind  what  I  now  write  : 

Oo  into  yourself  first  and  examine  :  Am  I 
the  cause  of  this  visitation?  Jesus  has  given 


GEATITUDE  FOR  THE  GKACE  OF  GOD.  191 

you  some  particular  grace,  perhaps — not  a 
great,  wonderful  one,  with  which  to  perform 
great  wonderful  deeds,  but  only  a  little'  grace,  an. 
enlightening  of  your  mind,  and  a  slight  moving 
of  your  will  to  do  some  little  good  work.  You 
have  not  been  faithful;  you  have  not  taken  the 
grace  which  Jesus  offered  you;  you  have  not 
done  the  good  \vork  which  Jesus  wanted  you 
to  do.  Did  jou  commit  a  sin  thereby?  Per- 
haps not,  But  you  were  unfaithful  to  Jesus, 
nevertheless  ;  and  now  He  punishes  you  for  it 
by  withdrawing  from  you  the  sweetness  of  His 
consolation. 

But  suppose  you  are  not  at  fault ;  you  have 
not,  knowingly,  been  unfaithful  to  Jesus,  even 
in  the  least ;  what  then  ?  In  that  case,  this 
withdrawal  of  consolation  is  only  another  trial 
of  your  love  for  Jesus,  sent  you  by  Jesus 
Himself.  It  is  the  best  proof  He  could  give 
you  of  His  friendship  and  love.  In  either 
case,  that  is,  whether  this  want  of  consolation 
is  a  punishment  for  you,  or  only  another  trial, 
take  it  with  resignation,  as  I  said  before,  and 
bear  it  patiently  as  long  as  it  may  last. 

And  now,  here  is  where  the  gratitude  for  the 
grace  of  God  comes  in.  Thomas  a  Kernpis 
says:  "  This  is  the  reason  why  the  gifts  of 


192  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

grace  cannot  flow  in  us,  because  we  are  un- 
grateful to  the  Giver,  nor  do  we  return  all  to 
the  Fountain-head." 

So  it  is.  God  has  done  so  much  for  us,  and 
He  continues  always  to  offer  us  new  graces. 
But  instead  of  thanking  Him  for  the- graces  He 
offers  us,  we  frequently  disregard  them,  or 
even  refuse  to  receive  them.  Therefore  God 
withholds  many  a  grace  from  us  that  He  would 
otherwise  bestow  upon  us  for  our  further  sanc- 
tification  ;  and  He  gives  it  to  others,  more 
willing  than  we  are,  who  receive  it  with  grati- 
tude, and  make  good  use  of  it.  Now,  perhaps, 
you  can  find  the  meaning  of  St.  Ephrem's  par- 
able ;  and  perhaps  you  can  tell  why  it  is 
brought  in  connection  with  this  chapter. 

Yes,  my  dear  children,  let  us  ever  be  thank- 
ful to  God  for  the  graces  He  gives  us.  Wheth- 
er the  hand  of  Jesus  strokes  us  consolingly,  or 
whether  it  strikes  us  with  tribulation,  let  us 
kiss  it  in  humble  gratitude  ;  for,  says  The 
Following  of  Christ :  "  He  that  desire th  to 
retain  the  grace  of  God,  let  him  be  thankful 
for  grace  when  it  is  given,  and  patient  when  it 
is  withdrawn.  Let  him  pray  that  it  may  re- 
turn ;  let  him  be  cautious  and  humble,  lest  he 
lose  it.' 


XL 

Lovers  of  the  Cross. 

there  many  lovers  of  the  Cross  of 
Jesus  ?  Thomas  a  Kempis  tells  us 
there  are  not.  We  study  the  life  of 

•y 

Jesus,  and  we  see  it  is  all  through  a  life  of 
bitter,  hard  Cross-bearing.  Not  only  did  He 
carry  the  Cross  on  His  way  to  Calvary — that 
was  the  heavy  wooden  Cross — but  He  carried 
it  all  the  years  of  His  life,  from  the  first  hour 
in  the  manger,  to  the  last  hour  on  Golgotha — 
the  cross  of  poverty,  hatred,  and  persecution 
from  His  enemies,  the  sins  of  the  world,  pres- 
ent, past,  and  future,  the  constant  anticipa- 
tion of  all  the  sufferings  He  would  have  to 
undergo  till  the  last  day  of  His  life.  And 
what  now  about  the  followers  of  Jesus  ? 

Our  Lord  speaks  plainly  enough  :  "  If  any 
man  will  come  after  Me,  let  him  deny  himself, 
and  take  up  his  Cross,  and  follow  Me.''  Again 
He  says  :  "  The  servant  is  not  greater  than 
his  master.  If  they  have  persecuted  Me,  they 
will  also  persecute  you."  "  Many  are  called," 
— to  be  Cross-bearing  followers  of  Jesus — "  but 
few  are  chosen."  "Enter  ye  at  the  narrow 


103 


1UJ:  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 


gate  :  for  wide  is  the  gate  and  broad  the  way 
that  leadeth  to  destruction,  and  many  there 
are  that  enter  by  it.  How  narrow  is  the  gate 
and  straight  is  the  way  which  leadeth  to  life  ; 
and  how  few  there  are  who  find  it ! '  Do  you 
see  now  how  it  is  ? 

However,  you  must  not  be  frightened  be- 
cause of  the  Cross-bearing  followers  of  Jesus 
there  are  so  few.  No,  indeed !  Go  up  to 
Jesus  and  ask  Him  to  place  His  Cross  on 
your  shoulders  :  He  will  do  so  gladly  ;  and 
He  will  help  you  carry  it ;  and  so  you,  also, 
will  become  a  lover  of  the  Cross,  and  you  may 
count  yourself  one  of  the  few. 

You  must  not  do  like  many :  love  Jesus 
only  for  the  sake  of  consolation  ;  go  with  Him, 
rejoicing,  only  till  the  breaking  of  bread  ;  fol- 
low Him  only  as  long  as  you  see  His  miracles. 
You  must  love  Him  for  His  own  sake  ;  drink 
the  chalice  when  He  offers  it  to  you  ;  follow 
Him  to  the  very  pain  and  ignominy  of  the 
Cross. 

A  venerable  hermit  of  the  desert  once  en- 
tered the  great  city  of  Alexandria,  in  Egypt. 
He  wanted  to  visit  a  sick  friend,  who  had 
called  for  him  to  come  and  see  him  before  he 
died. 


LOVERS  OF  THE  CKOSS.  195 

Some  of  the  people,  seeing  him  enter  the 
city,  and  knowing  him  by  his  garb  to  be  a 
Christian  hermit,  gathered  around  him  and 
began  to  laugh  at  him,  and  mock  at  his  faith 
in  Christ,  and  abuse  him  in  every  imaginable 
way.  But  he  remained  quiet,  so  meek  and 
patient,  as  if  they  had  not  done  him  the  least 


wrong. 


Amongst  other  things,  they  asked  him  wheth- 
er his  Christ  had  also  worked  miracles.  A 
stranger  passing  by,  probably  a  Christian  also, 
said  to  them,  in  answer  to  their  question  :  "  If 
Christ  had  not  worked  a  single  miracle,  this 
should  be  miracle  enough  for  you,  when  you. 

«/  •/ 

see  this  holy  man,  from  faith  in  his  Redeemer, 
bearing  so  patiently  all  your  abuse,  so  that,  in 
spite  of  all  your  wanton  insults,  you  cannot 
exasperate  him." 

See,  my  children,  this  hermit  was  a  true 
follower  of  Jesus,  an  ardent  lover  of  the  Cross. 
So  also  must  you  strive  to  become.  Be  will- 
ing to  give  up  everything  for  the  love  of  your 
Saviour. 

Though  you  may  be  "  well  fixed,"  as  the  ex- 
pression is,  that  means,  though  you  have 
plenty  of  money,  so  that  you  can  get  all  the 
world  can  offer,  be  willing,  for  the  love  of 


190  THE  LITTLE  FOLLOWER  OF  JESUS. 

Jesus,  and  if  Jesus  so  will  it,  to  give  up  all 
your  wealth,  to  live  in  poverty  and  lowliness, 
like  Jesus.  And  if  you  have  good  parents, 
loving  brothers  and  sisters,  kind  friends,  be 
willing  to  lose  them  all  for  Jesus'  sake  ;  instead 
of  these,  be  willing  to  have  enemies  and  perse- 
cutors, like  Jesus  Himself;  for  He  says  : — 

"Every  one  that  hath  left  house,  or  breth- 
ren, or  sisters,  or  father,  or  mother,  or  wife,  or 

children,  or  lands,  for  Mv  Name's  sake,  shall 

ti 

receive  a  hundredfold,  and  shall  possess  ever- 
lasting life." 

You  must  be  willing,  moreover,  to  give  up 
health,  and  all  that  you  prize  in  connection 
with  it,  comeliness  of  person,  your  sight,  your 
hearing,  and  so  on — be  willing  to  give  up 
these  for  the  love  of  Jesus,  if  so  your  Saviour 
should  choose  to  visit  you.  But,  how  is  all 
this  to  be  understood  ?  It  is  not  said  that  you 
must  really  go  and  sacrifice  all  this — wealth, 
relations,  friends,  health,  and  so  on.  I  said 
you  must  be  Avilling  to  sacrifice  these.  You 
should  be  ready  any  time  to  make  the  sacri- 
fice, if  Jesus  should  desire  it. 

There  is  yet  something  else,  better  than 
those  mentioned,  which  you  must  leave  and 
give  up  for  Jesus'  sake.  "  What  is  that  ?  ' 


LOVERS  OF  THE  CROSS.  197 

asks  The  Following  of  Christ.  "  That,  having 
left  all  things  else,  he  leave  also  himself,  and 
wholly  go  out  of  himself  and  retain  nothing  of 
self-love."  That  is,  you  must  renounce  your- 
self, your  self-love,  your  self-will.  Especially 
when  obedience  calls,  then  you  must  deny 
yourself.  When  your  parents,  or  any  other  of 
your  superiors,  command  you  to  do  something, 
you  must  go  forthwith  and  do  it,  however 
unpleasant  it  may  be. 

"  If  any  man  will  come  after  Me,  let  him 
deny  himself,"  says  Jesus.  "It  is  of  less 
.worth,"  says  St.  Gregory  the  Great,  "  to  re- 
nounce what  one  has,  but  of  great  worth  is  it 
to  renounce  what  one  is."  And  Thomas  a 
Kempis  exclaims  :  "  Oh,  how  much  is  the 
pure  love  of  Jesus  able  to  do  when  it  is  not 
mixed  with  any  self-interest  or  self-love !  ' 

This  is  to  be  a  lover  of  the  Cross. 


XII. 
The  Royal  Way  Of  The  Cross. 

pE  have  come  now  to  the  twelfth  chap- 
ter of  The  Following  of  Christ — the  last 
oTThe  Second  Book.  It  is  a  long,  beautiful, 
very  instructive,  soul- inspiring  chapter.  If 
you  have  the  book,  or  can  get  it,  then  read 
this  chapter  first,  before  you  proceed  with 
what  I  bring  here  for  your  special  considera- 
tion. Eead  it  slowly  and  carefully,  every  word 
and  every  passage  of  it — read  it  and  meditate 
on  it. 

Now  let  us  go  on.  We  are  told  that  to  get 
to  heaven  there  are  two  roads,  on  one  of 
which  we  must  walk  :  the  road  of  innocence, 
or  the  road  of  penance.  This  is  true.  Either 
we  must  preserve  our  innocence  as  we  receive 
it  in  baptism,  that  is,  we  must  keep  ourselves 
free  from  sin  until  death  calls  us  away — and 
this  is  the  wav  of  innocence  ;  or,  if  we  have 

*j 

lost  our  baptismal  innocence  by  sin  committed, 
we  must  do  penance,  thereby  to  obtain  for- 
giveness from  God  and  atone  for  our  sin — 

~ 

and  this  is  what  is  called  the  road  of  pen- 
ance. 

198 


THE  ROYAL  WAY  OF  THE  CROSS.  199 

But,  considering  it  aright,  we  can  reduce 
these  two  roads  to  one,  namely,  the  royal  way 
of  the  Cross,  as  Thomas  a  Kempis  calls  it. 
And  how  so  ?  If  you  have  sinned,  if  only 
venially,  you  must  do  penance,  that  is  certain. 
What  is  that  but  going  the  way  of  the  Cross  ?  If 
you  wish  to  preserve  you  innocence,  to  keep 
yourself  free  from  sin,  must  you  not  fight  with 
the  enemies  that  pursue  you,  and  struggle 
against  and  overcome  their  temptations  ?  Must 
you  not  suffer  persecutions  from  the  world ? 
For  "  all  who  will  live  piously  in  Jesus  Christ, 
shall  suffer  persecution,"  says  St.  Paul.  And 
what  is  this,  again,  but  going  the  way  of  the 
Cross?  Consequently,  you  see,  the  two  roads 
merge  into  one — the  royal  way  of  the  Cross  ; 
and  for  us,  the  children  of  men,  there  is  no 
other  road  to  heaven  but  this. 

If,  besides  the  way  of  the  Cross,  there  were 
another  road  to  heaven,  most  certainly  our  Sa- 
yiour  would  have  told  us  so.  But  Jesus  teaches 
us  by  word  and  example  that  this  way  of  the 
Cross  is  the  only  road  to  heaven.  Be  sure, 
therefore,  if  Jesus  says  of  Himself  :  "  Ought 
not  Christ  to  have  suffered  these  things,  and 
so  to  enter  into  His  glory  ?  "  be  sure,  I  repeat, 
that  neither  you,  nor  I,  nor  anybody  else  will 


200  THE    LITTLE    FOLLOWEll   OF   JESUS. 

drive  into  heaven  comfortably  by  means  of  a 
coach-and-four. 

Yery  truthfully,  indeed,  does  Thomas  a  Kem- 
pis  say  :  "  They  who  now  love  to  hear  and  to 
follow  the  word  of  the  Cross  shall  not  then  [on 
Judgment  Day]  fear  the  sentence  of  eternal 
condemnation." 

Have  you  sinned  ?  and  do  you  intend,  ear- 
nestly, to  be  a  follower  of  Jesus  ?  Well,  then, 
prepare  yourself  for  suffering.  Jesus  Himself 
will  send  you  trials  ;  they  will  come,  sooner 
or  later.  If  he  does  not  send  you  a  ly,  or 
rather,  if  up  to  the  present  He  has  not  sent 
you  any,  in  spite  of  all  your  sins,  then  you  ought 
to  pray,  and  pray,  and  not  give  up  until  he 
sends  you  some.  Why  ? 

St.  Ambrose,  I  think,  it  is,  the  great  bishop 
of  Milan,  of  whom  the  following  is  related  : 
One  day,  on  his  journey,  he  came  to  an  inn  ; 
and,  as  night  was  drawing  near,  he  entered 
with  his  companions  to  lodge  there  till  the  next 
morning.  He  was  there  not  very  long  when 
he  began  a  conversation  with  the  inn-keeper. 
He  soon  found  out  that  the  man  was  a  wicked 
fellow,  dishonest  and  an  unbeliever.  And  he 
was  rich  ;  he  had  everything  he  could  wish  for, 
and  everything  arranged  in  the  best  manner. 


THE  ROYAL  WAY  OF  THE  CROSS.  201 

The  Saint  asked  him  :  "  How  are  you  getting 
along  in  your  business  ?  ' 

"  Very  well ;  I  never  lose,  but  am  always 
gaining,"  answered  the  landlord. 

"And  you  are  always  healthy,  and  there  is 
no  sickness  in  your  family  ?  ' 

"  We  never  have  to  suffer  from  sickness," 
was  the  answer. 

"  You  seem  to  have  no  trouble  whatever  of 
any  other  kind  ?  ' 

"  None  whatever.  Everything  goes  and 
comes  as  I  wish  it." 

"  Come,  my  brethren,"  said  the  holy  bishop 
to  his  followers,  "  let  us  depart  hence  imme- 
diately. The  curse  of  God  is  resting  on  this 
house  ;  we  must  go  away  from  it,  lest  the  ruin 
that  awaits  it  and  its  master  fall  on  us  also/' 

Only  a  short  time  after  their  departure  from 
the  inn  they  saw  the  walls  of  it  tumble,  and  the 
roof  fall  in,  and  the  godless  inn-keeper,  together 
with  his  family,  was  thus  suddenly  buried  un- 
der its  ruius. 

Do  you  understand  now  ?  Let  us,  there- 
fore, pray  with  St.  Teresa  :  "  Lord  Jesus,  let 

me  suffer  or  die  !"  and  with  St.  Magdalene  of 

~ 

Pazzi :  "  Lord,  not  die,  but  suffer  always  ! ' 
If  you  have  not  sinned— this  is  only  s1* 


•.j'<>\!  THK  LITTLK   FOLLOWKIt  OF  JESUS. 

posed, — for  who  is  there  tliat  has  the  use  of 
reason  and  has  not  sinned  venially  ? — and  want 
to  preserve  your  innocence  to  the  end,  you 
must  know  and  be  convinced  of  it  that  you 
cannot  do  so  (that  is,  with  the  assistance  of 
God's  grace)  without  undergoing  a  great  deal 
of  suffering  and  trouble.  Therefore,  one  way 
or  the  other,  3^011  have  no  other  road  before 
you  to  heaven  than  the  royal  way  of  the  cross. 
Now,  here  are  some  points  for  you  to  take 
in  and  treasure  in  your  heart  for  all  your  life- 
time :  First,  in  the  Cross  is  your  salvation  : 

'  •/ 

therefore,  whenever  and  as  often  as  Jesus  lays 
it  on  your  shoulder,  take  it  and  bear  it  patient- 
ly for  His  sake.  Secondty,  you  cannot  escape 
the  Cross  if  you  wish  to  be  a  true  follower  of 

•/ 

Jesus.     It  is  your  only  way  to  heaven.     Third- 

*/  •/  •/ 

ly,  if  you  will  not  bear  the  Cross  willingly, 
bear  it  you  must  ;  if  you  bear  it  unwillingly  you 
can  receive  no  reward  for  it.  Fourthly,  in 
bearing  the  Cross  patiently  for  Jesus'  sake, 
you  will  experience  the  only  true  joy  that  can 
be  had  on  this  earth  ;  for  Jesus  assures  us  that 
"  His  yoke  is  sweet  and  His  burden  light ; 
and  once  the  Cross  will  be  your  everlasting 
]oy  in  heaven.  Fifthly,  whenever  the  Cross 
on  you  heavily,  then  think  of  your 


THE  KOYAL  WAY  OF  THE  CROSS.  203 

Jesus  carrying  His  Cross  and  dying  on  it, 
for  you.  That  will  give  you  new  strength  and 
courage  to  bear  up. 

For  the  conclusion,  a  word  of  admonition 
from  The  Following  of  Christ:  "  Take  up,  there- 
fore, thy  Cross  and  follow  Jesus,  and  thou  shalt 
go  into  life  everlasting." 


As  it  will  take  me  more  than  another  year  to 
finish  this  work,  I  think  it  very  good  and  use- 
ful to  have  this  part  of  it — the  First  and  Sec- 
ond Books — published,  and  sent  on  ahead. 
The  Publisher  has  kindly  offered  to  take  the 

a/ 

work  in  hand  and  get  it  out ;  and,  accordingly, 
it  comes  to  you  now  in  a  cheap  form.  Instead 
of  being  left  to  lie  idle,  it  is  thus  sent  out,  as 
much  of  it  as  there  is,  to  work  good  in  the 
world. — May  it  be  a  blessing  wherever  it  goes  ; 
and  may  God,  through  it,  bless  all  those  into 
whose  hands  it  falls,  and  who  read  it ! 

In  due  time,  God  willing,  the  rest  of  this 
work  will  follow. 


summer  evening,  I  was  sitting  out 
in  my  flower  garden,  in  the  shade  of  a 
large  pear  tree.  It  was  sultry  weather, 
and  the  air  was  rather  heavy.  I  had  worked 
hard  all  day,  and  was  very  tired.  "While  my 
thoughts  were  wandering  about  among  the 
days  when  I  was  a  child,  my  eye-lids  began  to 
drop,  and.  after  nodding  a  few  times,  I  came 
near  falling  into  a  heavy  sleep.  But,  all  at 
once,  I  was  aroused  from  the  sleepy  spell  that 
was  creeping  over  me  by  a  tiny  voice  exclaim- 
ing, in  words  that  could  be  quite  easily  under- 
stood: "  No  doubt,  mv  friends,  I  am  one  of 

V 

the  most  beautiful  flowers  in  this  garden. 
The  Dahlia  is  renowned  as  such,  far  and  wide. 
Who  in  the  world  doesn't  know  it  ?  Just  look 
at  this  rich  bush  of  green  leaves,  from  which  I 
shine  in  the  most  exquisite  red.  Like  a  queen 
I  tower  on  my  bush,  and  can  look  down  on  you 
poor  humble  friends,  creeping  at  my  feet. 


'-'07 


208  THE    FLOWERS. 


Where  is  the  like  to  me  ? — Yes,  I  can  say,  I  am 
about  the  only  flower  worth  looking  at." 

"  Don't  be  in  too  great  a  hurry,  sister  Dahlia, 
to  put  yourself  at  the  head  of  all  flowers,"  said 
the  Rose  ;  and  you  should  have  heard  how 
snappish  she  was,  when  she  said  it.  "  You 
know,  that  honor  belongs  exclusively  to  the 
Rose.  She  is  called  '  the  Queen  of  flowers,'  and 
nobody  else.  You  may  boast  of  your  fine  red 
color,  and  the  little  else  you  can  boast  of — 
poor  boasting,  indeed !  Why,  the  Rose  can 
show  you  nearly  every  color  under  the  sun,- 
red,  white,  yellow,  pink,  yes,  even  speckled  the 
Rose  can  be  !  and,  besides,  such  an  excellent 
fragrance,  as  all  the  world  knows  !  Where  is 
your  fragrance,  sister  Dahlia  ?  ' 

"  No  rose  without  thorns,"  I  heard  the  Tulip 
whisper,  and  I  thought  I  saw  her  smile  with 
as  much  affected  grace  as  she  could  put  on. 
"  Who  does  not  know,  sister  Rose,  that  you 
prize  too  highly  your  variety  of  color,  and 
think  too  much  of  your  fragrance  ?  You 

•  •  o 

shouldn't  forget  that  you  are  full  of  thorns,  so 
that  the  gardener  can  hardly  pluck  you  with- 
out pricking  his  fingers.  Methinks,  you  can't 
be  very  proud  of  your  thorns." 

"  Sure,  that's  true  enough  !     No  Rose  with- 


THE   FLOWERS.  209 


out  thorns,"  added  the  Dahlia,  and  I  could 
hear  that  she  was  very  much  vexed  at  the  re- 
buke she  had  met  with  from  the  Hose. 

"  Look  at  me,"  continued  the  Tulip.  "  I  am 
a  flower  that  doesn't  make  much  show  at  all. 
My  stalk  is  quite  plain  and  unpretending,  as 
you  may  all  behold;  but  what  a  rare  calyx  it 
bears.  When  the  Sun  rises  in  his  glory,  I 
open  my  cup  to  greet  him,  and  when  he  sets,  I 
give  him  another  farewell-glance,  before  I  close. 
Moreover,  I  have  quite  won  the  favor  of  our 
gardener,  for  being  so  fragrant.  Not  once  does 
he  pass,  but  he  stops  and  refreshes  himself  by 
taking  a  full  draught  of  my  sweet  odor.  My 

friends.  I  am  undoubtedly  a  beautiful  flower." — 

j 

"  Which  we  will  not  at  all  deny,  sister  Tulip," 
I  now  heard  a  Morning-glory  say,  that  seemed 
to  be  quite  earnest  in  climbing  up  the  tall  lath 
fence,  near  by.  "  Still,  you  are  not  the  only 
flower  that  turns  to  smile  at  the  Sun  in  the 
morning,  and  to  sigh  at  his  departure  in  the 
evening.  I,  too,  have  made  that  my  fixed  oc- 
cupation, just  as  you  did.  Moreover,  the 
Morning-glory  (my  name — the  glory  of  the 
morning — is  surely  not  without  its  signification- 
remember  that,  my  friends !)  is  a  flower  of 
gaudy  colors,  mostly  white,  blue,  or  violet. 


210  THE    FLOWERS. 


And  how  neat  a  cottage  looks  to  have  me 
climbing  up  its  weather-beaten  sides,  adorning 
it  with  a  coat  of  flowering  green !  Yes,  I  may 
say,  without  boasting,  I  am  an  ornament  more 
fit  for  a  house  or  garden  than  any  other." 

"  You  are  an  ugly  braggart,  sister  Morning- 
glory,"  exclaimed  a  Poppy;  and  you  should 
have  heard  how  fretful  the  little  thing  was. 
"  A  great  beauty,  indeed  !  Why,  people  have 
so  little  regard  for  your  beauty,  they  just 
trample  on  you." 

The  other  flowers  all  giggled  at  this,  and  I 
saw  how  poor  Morning-glory  hung  her  head 
and  blushed  for  shame. 

"  As  for  myself,"  continued  the  Poppy,  in 
awful  glee,  "  I  am  certainly  a  flower  that  is 
worth  cultivating  in  a  garden.  First  of  all, 
you  have  the  plant  from  which  I  grow,  formed 
out  of  a  most  singular  kind  of  leaves,  the  only 
ones  of  this  growth  in  the  garden.  And  then 
you  behold  the  flower  on  the  slender  stem,  like 
a  full-blown  rose,  with  leaflets  red  as  carmine, 
and  soft  as  the  softest  down.  With  all  my 
compliments  to  your  beauty,  most  grace- 
ful queen  (and  the  Poppy  bowed  politely  to 
the  Rose,)  I  may  say  that  I  can  almost  vie 
with  you  in  regard  to  beauty  of  color." 


THE   FLOWERS. 


The  fun,  to  see  the  Rose  pout !  She  was 
just  preparing  to  give  a  keen  reply,  when  the 
Lily  stopped  her  by  bursting  forth: 

"  Nonsense  !  Your  beauty,  sister  Poppy,  is 
the  beauty  of  only  one  day.  For  a  day  you 
seem  to  shine  and  glory;  then  you  fade  away, 
and  the  next  day  sees  you  lying  on  the 
ground,  pale  and  withering,  as  if  you  had  been 
frightened  to  death  by  some  hideous  night-owl. 
You  ought  to  be  ashamed  of  yourself  !  Who 
would  deem  you  worthy  to  be  culled,  and  to 
shine  in  a  bouquet  ?  But  the  Lily  is  a  flower 
before  whom  all  the  others  may,  in  all  humility, 
bow  tlieir  heads  ;  for,  who  must  not  admire  her 
spotless  white,  and  the  excellence  of  her  fra- 
grance ?  My  friends,  do  not  forget,  yes,  never 
forget  what  our  Redeemer  Himself  says  of  me: 
"  Consider  the  lilies  of  the  fields,  how  they 
irrow  : — I  say  to  you,  that  not  even  Solomon 
in  all  his  glory  was  arrayed  as  one  of  them  ' 
(Matt.  vi.  29). 

After  these  words  of  the  Lily  there  followed  an 
instant  of  hushed  silence.  Pretty  soon,  how- 
ever, the  other  flowers  all  began  to  stir;  and 
how  they  were  piqued,  at  hearing  the  Lily's 
eloquent  praise  of  her  own  beauty  !  They  sat 
about,  quarreling  with  her,  each  trying  to  lower 


THE   FLOWERS. 


her  by  extolling  its  own  rare  worth  and  exquis- 
ite qualities.  While  this  noisy  debate  was 
going  on,  I  caught  a  faint  whisper,  so  faint, 
that  it  was  not  at  all  perceived  by  the  rest  of 
the  flowers,  and  that  I  myself  did,  at  first,  not 
know  from  what  quarter  it  came.  I  listened 
more  intently,  and  behold  !  it  was  the  voice  of  a 
Violet,  hidden  under  the  broad  leaf  of  a  Bur- 
dock. Most  faintly  it  whispered,  "  Dear  me, 
poor  Violet !  I  am  a  mean,  worthless  flower, 
and  though  my  Creator  gave  me  a  violet  color 
and  some  fragrance  to  praise  and  glorify  Him 
with,  still,  I  am  too  ignoble  to  appear  among 
the  other  flowers  of  the  garden,  which  are  all 
so  sweet  and  beautiful.  Let  them  give  public 
praise  to  God  ;  I  will  serve  Him  in  private,  as 
well  as  I  can.  To  His  honor  and  glory  will  I 
blossom  here  under  this  friendly  burdock,  and 
the  little  fragrance  that  I  have  shall  be  spent 
in  humilit}T,  as  an  incense  pleasing  to  His 
majesty." 

Thus  spoke  the  Violet ;  and  this  was  the 
last  flower  I  heard.  For  then  I  did,  in  reality, 
wake  up.  I  had  fallen  asleep  on  my  chair,  and 
instead  of  being  roused  by  the  first  words  of 
the  Dahlia,  I  continued  to  dream  about  the 
flowers.  And  in  truth,  there  they  were,  the 


THE   FLOWERS.  213 


dahlia,  the  rose,  the  tulip,  the  morning- 
glory,  the  poppy  and  the  lily,  yes,  even  the 
violet  under  the  broad  burdock  leaf, —  there 
they  were,  all  around  me.  Was  it  only  a 
dream,  or  had  they  really  spoken  ?  I  do  not 
know.  But  I  looked  again  at  the  violet ;  and  I 
felt  like  preferring  this  poor,  humble  flower  to 
all  the  rest  — could  any  of  you  tell  me  why  ? 


Jlttjijfe'  3Piafogtt$  mt  Tftut 


.LOPJOUS  Christmas  !     How  quick  this 
happy  clay  did  pass  !    and  now  here's 
New  Year  just  at  the  door.    Everywhere 
so  much  joy  and  happiness  at  Christmas  time 

everywhere,  except  in  Mr.  Hamlin's  house. 

Something  there  must  have  been  that  made 
things  look  so  sad  here.  Josie  alone,  Mr.  Ham- 
lin's only  son,  a  wanton  boy  of  five  years,  quite 
full  of  boyish  tricks,  was  just  making  the 
house  ring  all  week  with  his  merry  shouts,  and 
nothing  could  keep  him  back.  Why  ?  Because 
Christmas  was  just  gone,  and  New  Year  was 
at  hand,  and  naturally,  he  thought,  all  boys 
must  be  wild  at  Christmas  and  New  Year. 
His  baby  sister,  Emma,  two  years  old,  was  a 
child  of  just  the  opposite  disposition,  quiet,  and 
not  noisy  in  the  least.  Her  blue  eyes,  quite  a 
world  of  angelic  innocence  and  purity,  looked 

214 


AHGELS'  DIALOGUE  0^  NEW  YEARNS  i^IGHT. 


very  surprised  at  the  frisks  and  shouts  of  her 
brother,  as  if  she  could  not  think  what  it  was 
all  about,  since  she  beheld  everything  else  so 
dreary.  Well,  she  was  only  a  baby  yet  ;  what 
do  babies  know  about  Christmas  and  New 
Year  ? 

Where  was  Mr.  Hamlin  this  last  night  of  the 
old  year  ?  Not  at  home  !  He  went  to  town 
pretty  late  in  the  evening,  —  no  telling  when  he 
will  come  home,  probably  after  midnight.  He 
went  to  get  his  dram,  as  he  said,  "  to  warm 
himself  up  for  the  New  Year."  Well,  he  did 
the  same  on  Christmas  night,  too,  and  he  had 
done  it  for  many  a  year,  —  gone  to  town  at 
night  "  to  warm  up  ;  '  but  no  "warming  up  ' 
for  wife  and  children,  for  he  never  bought 
them  a  Christmas  or  a  New  Year's  gift,  nor 
did  he  ever  think  of  going  to  the  first  Mass. 
How  much  did  his  poor  wife  long  to  go  to  this 
first  midnight  Mass,  but  no  ;  he  never  let  her 
go.  She  had  to  stay  at  home  and  watch  the 
house,  while  he  squandered  many  a  week's 
earnings,  purposely  saved  up  for  the  Christmas 
and  New  Year's  "  spree."  Well,  he  was  in 
town  again,  this  last  old  year's  night,  to  get 
his  dram  for  New  Year.  —  Now  you  know  what 
made  his  home  so  dreary  !  It's  that  way  in  all 


ANGELS'  DIALOGUE  OX  NEW  YK  All's  NIGHT. 


homes  where  the  father  is  given  to  drink  ;  — 
how  sad  ! 

His  wife  was  wraiting  and  waiting  for  him  to 
return  ;  but  he  did  not  come.  It  grew  late, 
and  she  put  Josie  to  bed,  who  was  now  sound- 
ly asleep.  Emma  was  lying  in  her  cradle,  and 
her  mother  had  to  rock  a,  long  while,  till  she 
went  to  sleep.  The  mother  was  rocking  her 
baby  still,  when  her  eyes,  too,  grew  heavy  : 
her  head  began  to  nod,  then  it  dropped,  till 
she  was  fast  asleep  on  her  chair.  So  they 
were  all  asleep.  And  Mr.  Hamlin? 

The  clock  had  just  struck  the  midnight 
hour,  when  he  started  on  his  way  for  home. 
He  had  taken  only  one  drink  ;  then  an  inner 
mysterious  voice  (his  Guardian  Angel's,  per- 
haps) whispered  to  him  :  "  Jim,  that's  enough  ! 
Go  home  now  ;  your  wife  is  waiting  for  you." 
He  went.  The  dram-shop  had  no  attraction  for 
him  that  night,  he  knew  not  why  ;  and  he  felt 
as  he  had  never  felt  before.  Something  was 
driving  him  home  :  "  There  you  will  be  and 
will  make  others  happy  !  '  He  reached  his 
house,  and  from  the  distance  he  savv  the  light 
through  the  window.  On  tiptoe  he  stepped 
over  the  frozen  ground,  up  to  the  window,  to 
take  a  peep  at  his  loved  ones,  for  he  loved 


ANGELS'  DIALOGUE  ox  NEW  YEAR'S  NIGHT. 


them  ardently,  though  he  drank.  What  a 
sight!  He  saw.  them  all  three  asleep.  Josie 
in  his  bed,  Emma  in  the  cradle,  and  Hannah,, 
his  poor  wife,  drooping  on  the  chair  !  More 
yet  he  saw  :  —  God  opened  his  eyes  that 
moment,  and  he  saw  at  the  side  of  each  of  his 
sleeping  children  a  tall,  heavenly  figure,  each 
clothed  in  a  robe  of  dazzling  white,  and  bend- 
ing over  the  children  as  if  to  guard  and  protect 
them.  At  this  moment  the  Angels  (for  such 
they  were  —  Guardian  Angels)  arose  and  turned 
to  each  other  to  speak.  God,  at  this  instant, 
opened  the  father's  ears,  also,  as  he  had  done 
just  before  with  his  eyes,  and  he  could  hear 
the  Angels  plainly,  though  the  window  Avas 
closed. 

"  Dear,  innocent  soul  !  "  whispered  Emma's 
Angel,  looking  fondly  at  the  child.  "  There, 
that  sweet  smile  !  A  dream  is  passing  over 
the  infant  mind,  and  the  smile  is  always  a 
glimpse  of  a  child's  beautiful  soul." 

"  Yes,"  said  the  other  Angel,  "  if  men  had 
Angels'  eyes,  how  differently  they  would  look 
at  a  boy  like  my  Josie." 

"Indeed,  it's  so  !"  replied  the  first  Angel, 
"  men  would  then  make  less  of  the  body,  and 
care  more  for  the  soul.  What  is  all  the  be  ant  Y 

• 


218  ANGELS'  DIALOGUE  ON  NEW  YEAR'S  NIGHT. 

of  the  body,  if  the  soul  is  defiled?  How  it 
does  shock  my  sight  to  look  at  a  body  with  an 
ugly,  sinful  soul  in  it !  And  such  a  body  is 
often  considered  by  men  to  be  an  object  of 
rare  beauty !  ' 

"  Our  God  is  infinitely  good,"  remarked 
Josie's  Guardian.  "  How  horrid  a  body  is 
•without  a  soul  in  it !  Men  even  shun  it !  God 
has  no  need  of  anybody  ;  and  yet  He  creates 
innumerable  souls  for  the  bodies  of  men,  to 
give  them  life.  The  soul  is  the  breath  of  life 
for  man,  and  is,  so  to  say,  the  breath  of  God 
Himself,  immortal,  like  its  creator." 

"  And  so  my  little  Emma  is  a  most  precious 
work  of  God,"  added  the  Angel  at  the  cradle. 
"  If  the  child  had  only  a  body  and  no  immortal 
soul,  it  would  be  no  other  than  any  other 
beast.  But  the  soul  in  the  body,  being  the 
breath  of  the  holy  God  Himself,  raises  my 
ilarliug,  I  think  and  dare  say,  far  above  any 
Angel  in  heaven.  Why  ?-  -We  Angels  are  only 
spirits  ;  but  man  is  body  and  spirit,  and  if  he 
keeps  his  spirit  holy  and  pure,  his  body  will 
share  the  soul's  future  glory.  Certainly,  I  am 
satisfied,  and  thank  God,  the  Creator,  that  He 
has  made  and  preserved  me  a  pure  spirit ;  but 
I  pride  myself  on  the  commission  I  have,  to 


DIALOGUE  ON  NEW  YEAE'S  NIGHT. 


protect  and  try  to  save  such  a  precious  crea- 
ture as  iny  Emma  is.  If  I  succeed  in  saving. 
the  soul,  the  body  will  be  saved,  also." 

"  A  grand  task,  to  save  souls  !  '  said  the- 
second  Angel.  '*  And  I  will  do  my  best  to  save 
Josie,  though  the  chances  may  be  pretty  well 
against  me.  If  men  would  consider  how  pre- 
cious a  soul  is,  they  would  all  strive  to  help  us 
in  our  work  of  saving  souls." 

"  Yes,  indeed,  they  won  Id,  and  parents  first 
of  all,"  added  the  other  spirit.  "  When  God 
created  us,  the  invisible  world,  and  then  the 
things  visible.  He  did  so  bv  a  mere  act  of  His- 

O  '  -j 

all-powerful  will.  But  when  he  was  about  to 
create  man,  He,  said  :  'Let  us  make  man  to  Our 
image  and  likeness,'  as  if  He  were  going  to  do 
a  hard  or  very  important  work.  Well,  God 
alone  can  create  a  soul,  and  it  would  seem  He 
took  great  pains  to  create  a  beautiful  one." 

"  In  truth,  our  good  Creator  showed  a  great 
love  for  the  immortal  soul  of  man  in  creating 
it,"  thought  Josie's  Angel.  "  Though  our  glo- 
rious ranks  were  thinned  by  thousands,  falling- 
victims  to  endless  perdition,  God  did  not  miss 
them  ;  He  was  as  rich  and  powerful  as  before  ; 
yet  He  determined  to  create  man  and  give  him 
a  living  soul,  that  he  might,  in  course  of  time, 


AXGELS'  DIALOGUE  0^  NEW  YEAR'S  XIGHT. 


iill  out  our  vacant  ranks.  And  He  did  so, 
though  He  foresaw  that  man  would  prove  him- 
self faithless,  and  countless  souls  would  be 
lost.  Still,  the  innumerable  souls  that  would 
be  saved  were  so  lovely  and  precious  in  His 
sight  ,  that  He  resolved  to  create  man,  though 
many  might  be  lost,  but  only  from  their  own 
fault." 

"It  makes  me  love  the  soul  I  have  in  charge 
more  ardently,  the  more  I  think  of  it,"  said  Em- 
ma's Guardian.  "  God  did  not  only  decide  to 
fill  up  our  ranks  with  the  souls  of  men,  but  He 
even  commissioned  us  spirits  to  aid  Him  in 
saving  these  souls.  How  dearly  God  must 
love  a  soul,  that,  after  creating  it,  He  will  en- 
trust it  to  an  Angel's  care,  telling  him  to  watch 
over  this,  His  creature,  day  and  night,  never  to 
abandon  it,  but  to  guard  and  protect  it,  as  one 
would  a  costly  treasure.  How  proud  I  feel  of 
being  instrumental  in  saving  such  a  soul  !  ' 

"  See  what  God  has  done  furthermore  for 
man's  soul,  dear  companion,"  said  the  other 
Angel,  "  and  we  will  surely  never  grow  tired  of 
our  task.  —  Man  was  created.  God  looked  down 
upon  him  infinitely  delighted,  as  a  father  does 
on  a  child,  and  He  thought  to  see  the  child  of 
His  hand  ever  happy  in  His  presence.  Bat  no  1 


'  DIALOGUE  ox  NEW  YEAR'S  NIGHT.  221 


man  turned  away  in  disobedience  and  pride, 
and  'became  an  object  of  loathing  in  God's 
sight." 

"  So  did  our  fellow  angels,  too,"  added  the 
other  heavenly  spirit,  "  and  the  Creator,  in 
His  wrath,  hurled  them  headlong  into  the  bot- 
tomless abyss  of  hell.  Didn't  man  deserve  the 
same  lot  for  his  sin  ?  ' 

"  He  did  ;  and  God,  in  His  justice,  might 
have  punished  him  the  same  way,"  answered 
the  first  angel.  "  But  remember,  man's  soul  is 
the  breath  of  God,  it  is  His  special  property, 
and  for  this  reason,  I.  think,  He  did  not  want 
to  punish  man  so  dreadfully,  because  He  loved 
his  soul  too  dearly,  and  esteemed  it,  so  to 
speak,  as  a  part  of  Himself.  How  precious 
then,  is  a  soul  in  the  eyes  of  God  !  ' 

"Look   there,    the    enemy   skulking   in  the 
dark  !  '    said  Emma's  angel  pointing  through 
the  back  window  of  the  house.    "  He  is  prowl- 
ing about  after  prey      Let's  have  our  eyes  on 
him    and  watch  him  !-  -Precious,  you   say?' 
continued   the   spirit,  picking   up   the   former 
subject.     "A  real  world  God  considers  each 
soul  to  be,  a  world  about  the  possession  of 
which  there  is  a  mighty  struggle  between- 
whom?—  Between  God  Himself  and  the  devil. 


222  ANGELS5  DIALOGUE  ON  NEW  YEARNS  NIGHT. 

*  I  will  put  enmities  between  tliee  and  the 
woman,  and  thy  seed  and  her  seed/  said  the 
Creator,  when  He  promised  to  send  His  Son 
for  the  redemption  of  fallen  mankind.  Enmity 
between  Satan  and  Almighty  God  !  Enmity 
about  what  ? — About  man's  soul ! 

"  Yes,  man's  soul  was  the  object  of  Satan's 
envy  and  hatred  from  the  very  beginning," 
added  the  angel  at  Josie's  bed.  "  Unfortunate- 
ly he  succeeded  in  getting  this  treasure  into 
his  power,  and  God  took  on  Himself  the  great 
and  hard  work  of  tearing  from  the  devil's  grasp 
the  victim,  of  his  hatred, — the  soul  of  man. 
Hence  the  great  struggle  between  God  and 
hell,  the  object  of  which 'is  man's  precious,  im- 
mortal soul." 

"Four  thousand f years  this  great  struggle 
was  carried  on,"  spoke  the  first  angel,  in  turn, 
a  and,  sorry  to  say,  Satan  had  the  better  al- 
most all  the  time.  How  many  souls  he  did 
capture  all  that  time  !  At  last  God  Himself, 
as  He  had  promised,  became  man,  to  free  the 
souls  he  loved  so  much  from  the  bondage  in 
which  they  were  held  by  Satan.  And  a  giant's 
work  it  was  !  ' 

"Well,"  remarked  the  other,  "  a  God-man 
only  could  do  such  a  giant  work.  What  would 


'  DIALOGUE  ojs  NEW  YEAR'S  NIGHT.   223 


we  naturally  say  of  a  man,  if  we  were  to  see 
him  scourged,  crowned  with  thorns,  carrying  a 
heavy  cross  to  the  place  of  his  execution,  and 
nailed  to  it  hands  and  feet,  a  living  man  ?  See- 
ing him  hang  on  this  gibbet  for  three  long- 
hours,  a  prey  to  the  relentless  fury  of  his  en- 
emies, the  butt  of  all  their  most  bitter  gibes  and 
revilings  —  what  must  we  think?  —  This  man 
must  be  a  vile  wretch,  a  great  criminal,  since 
his  own  fellow-beings  treat  him  thus.  But  no, 
Jesus  was  nothing  like  this  !  And  yet  He  suf- 
fered all  this!  What  for?-  -To  redeem  His 
precious  world,  the  soul  of  man!  ' 

"  Mankind  was  redeemed,  when,  by  His  death 
on  the  cross,  the  Saviour  triumphed  over  the 
power  of  Satan.  The  enemy  was  weakened 
then,  and  heaven  was  again  opened  to  receive 
those  for  whom  Jesus  died.  Still,"  continued 
Emma's  guardian,  "  the  great  struggle  between 
God  and  hell  is  not  over  ;  it  lasts  as  long  as 
there  is  a  soul  to  save." 

"  The  enemy  is  as  wily  as  before,"  added 
the  other.  ''  He  is  powerful  still  ;  and  be- 
sides his  numberless  wiles  and  crafty  tricks, 
he  has  two  mighty  confederates  in  this  work 
of  catching  souls  for  hell  —  the  world,  and  the 
corrupt,  evil  inclinations  of  man's  own  flesh. 


224  ANGELS'  DIALOGUE  ON  NEW  YEAR'S  NIGHT. 

What  will  become  of  my  Josie  ? — Will  he,  one 
day,  be  a  happy  child  of  God,  or  will  he  be  a 
reprobate  slave  of  the  devil ! ' 

"Just  as  he  wills,"  answered  the  spirit  at 
the  cradle.  "  That's  all  left  to  his  own  free 
will.  True,  the  forces  on  the  side  of  the 
enemy  are  powerful ;  bat  God  fully  does  His 
part,  too.  If  Josie,  or  my  dear  little  Emma, 
will  be  lost,  it's  from  their  own  fault.  You 
know  how  much  God  has  done  and  still  does 
to  save  the  souls  of  men.  Besides  redeeming 
them  by  His  death,  Jesus  instituted  a  Church, 
replenished  with  His  superabundant  grace, 
which  is  to  carry  on  the  work  of  redemption 
in  saving  the  souls  redeemed  by  the  death  of 
her  divine  Spouse." 

"  Every  child  that  is  born  has  its  angel  to 
guard  and  defend  it,"  said  the  Angel  at  the 
bed,  lovingly  spreading  his  hands  over  the 
sleeping  boy,  as  if  to  ward  off  some  hidden 
evil.  "  How  lucky  for  a  child  if  it  is  born  with- 
in the  fold  of  the  true  Church  !  The  Guardian 
Angel  will  then  gladly  help  invisibly  to  save 
the  child  ;  because,  being  visibly  led  by  the 
hand  of  the  true  Church,  the  prospects  are 
bright  and  consoling  for  the  future." 

<_  s  t  J 

"  These   two  children  have  this  great  for- 


ANGELS'  DIALOGUE  ox  NEW  YEAR'S  NIGHT.  225 

* 

tune,"  proceeded  the  other  spirit.  "  They 
were  cleansed  by  the  waters  of  baptism.  Be- 
ing thus  made  children  of  the  Church,  they 
became  children  of  God,  and  heirs  of  His 
heavenly  kingdom.  And,  alas !  the  time  may 
soon  come  when  they  will  sin,  and  lose  all, 
purity,  grace,  yes,  God  Himself  and  their 
home  in  heaven.  The  enemy  is  watching 
eagerly  for  this  time  to  come." 

"  How  ill  men  would  fare,"  remarked  Josie's 
Angel,  "  if  Jesus  had  not  instituted  the  Sacra- 
ment of  Penance.  After  the  first  mortal  sin 
that  this  child  would  commit,  it  would  be 
hopelessly  lost,  had  the  Hedeemer  not  opened 
a  new  fountain  of  grace  for  it  to  bathe  and 
wash  itself  in, — the  Sacrament  of  Penance. 
Another  proof  how  dear  and  costly  a  soul  is 
in  the  eyes  of  God  !  ' 

"  In  short,  all  the  sacraments,"  rejoined  the 
other,  "  what  are  they  but  so  many  strong 
weapons,  given  by  Jesus  into  the  hands  of 
His  children,  through  the  ministry  of  mother 
Church  ?— The  Holy  Eucharist !  If  this  alone 
does  not  speak  out  plainly  how  precious  a 
soul  is,  then  nothing  does  !  Jesus,  offering 
Himself  up  daily  in  millions  of  masses  ;  then 
locking  Himself  up  into  the  tabernacles,  to 


226     AXGELS*  DIALOGUE  OK  isEW  YEAR'S  XIGHT. 

. . — — • . 

abide  there  in  solitude  for  days  and  years  ; 
and  lastly,  giving  Himself  over  to  men,  by  en- 
tering into  their  hearts,  true  God  and  true 
man,  with  body  and  blood,  thus  becoming  the 
spiritual  food  of  their  souls,  to  strengthen 
them  in  the  great  struggle. — Oh,  ye  children, 
Jesus  is  making  a  continual  sacrifice  of  Him- 
self, to  show  you  how  highly  he  prizes  your 
immortal  souls,  and  to  urge  on  you  and  all 
men  the  duty  of  doing  all  to  save  them,"  thus 
exclaimed  the  baby's  Angel  in  a  rapture. 

"  That's  what  God,  the  Holy  Trinity,  has 
done  and  still  does,  to  save  each  single  soul," 
said  Josie's  angel  again,  after  a  short  pause  of 
serious  thought.  "  It  makes  me  almost  sad  to 
see  how  many  souls  are  lost  in  spite  of  all  this, 
and  just  from  their  own  fault, — souls  that  are. 
so  precious,  and  so  beautifully  ornamented 
through  God's  infinite  bounty." 

"  Those  three  splendid  gifts  of  the  soul  that 
make   of  it  such  a  striking  intake  of  the  Crea- 

~  o 

tor  !  '  whispered  the  angel  at  the  cradle,  as  if 
sunken  in  profound  admiration.  "  Wasn't  it 
by  the  Father's  will  that  the  universe  was 
created,  and  isn't  it  by  the  same  almighty  will 
that  all  is  governed  and  so  beautifully  kept  in 
order  in  the  whole  world,  above  and  below  ? — 


ANGELS'  DIALOGUE  ON  NEW  YEAR'S  NIGHT. 


As  a  type  of  His  own  omnipotent  will,  He  puts 
into  man's  soul  this  first  grand  gift  —  the  will." 

"  And  what  person  of  the  Blessed  Trinity," 
asked  the  other  spirit  in  the  same  breath,  "  is, 
if  we  may  say  so,  the  universal  Memory  of 
God  ?  Isn't  it  the  Son,  the  future  Judge  of 
the  word,  in  whose  Memory  all  is  present,  no 
past,  no  future,  but  who  will  one  day  judge  all 
ages  and  all  men  after  His  all-containing, 
never-failing  Memory  ?-  -And  the  second  gift 
in  man's  soul,  the  type  of  the  Second  Person. 
in  the  Holy  Trinity,  and  of  the  future,  all- 
knowing,  all-retaining  Judge,  —  is  the  Memory." 

"How  august  is  the  Intellect  of  God  !  "  contin- 
ued Emma's  Guardian  in  the  same  rapture  of 
admiration.  "  In  it  is  contained  ail  the  wisdom 
displayed  by  the  Creator  in  building  up  the 
universe  and  making  the  laws  that  are  to  gov- 
ern it  ;  by  the  Redeemer,  in  the  work  of  His 
redemption  and  the  guidance  of  His  Church 
for  the  salvation  of  mankind.  The  Holy 
Ghost,  the  Third  Person  in  the  Blessed  Trin- 
ity, is  the  grand  Intellect  of  God.  He  is  called 
the  spirit  of  wisdom  and  Understanding.  —  -And 
now,  the  Third  Person,  too,  wanted  to  be  ex- 
pressed in  the  soul  of  man  by  type,  and  hence 
He  gave  the  third  gift  of  Understanding 


" 


~2'2S  ANGELS'  DIALOGUE  OK  XEW  YK AIL'S  XK.IIT. 

Therefore  it  is  an  angel's  greatest  pleasure," 
said  the  spirit,  guarding  the  sleeping  boy,  be- 
sides contemplating  God,  the  Fountain  of  all 
beauty,  to  be  so  near  to  guide  and  protect  a 
soul,  the  soul  being  God's  own  living  image, 
His  miniature  world,  in  which  He  loves  to 
dwell.  The  Redeemer  says  :  (i  If  any  one 
loves  Me,  he  will  keep  My  words  ;  and  My 
Father  will  love  him,  and  We  will  come  to 
him,  and  will  make  an  abode  with  him." 
John  xiv.  23).  Even  in  the  Old  Law  God 
affirms  of  Himself  :  "  My  delights  are  to  be 
with  the  children  of  men  '  (Prov.  viii.  31). 

"  What  an  overpowering  thought !  '  re- 
marked the  Angel,  looking  at  the  baby  in  the 
cradle.  "  These  souls,  that  are  so  very  pre- 
cious, whom  God  loves  so  tenderly,  and  for 
-whom  He  has  done,  and  daily  does  so  much, 

b 

— these  souls  are  or  were  in  the  hands  of 
parents,  confided  to  their  trust ;  and  if  God 
does  all  in  His  power,  and  though  we  poor 
,-ang.els  work  ever  so  hard, — it  may  all  be  in 
'•vain..  In  this  great  struggle  between  God  and 
liell  .about  a  child's  soul  the  child  may  be  lost 
if  it  has  parents  that  serve  the  devil,  and,  as 
liiis  instruments,  raise  the  child  that  God  has 
them  to  save.' 


ANGELS'  DIALOGUE  OK  NEW  YEARNS  NIGHT.  229 

"  O  my  God ! '  sighed  Josie's  Guardian. 
"  I  would  exult  to  see  this  boy  die  now,  while 
he  is  young  and  sinless.  For  afterwards — Oh  ! 
my  chances  are  poor ! ' 

"  The  chances  are  poor  for  both  of  us,  in- 
deed," said  the  other  angel  in  a  sad  tone.  The 
mother  is  good,  and  tries  her  best ;  poor  soul ! 
But  the  father  — —  !  ' 

"  He  will  be  the  main  cause,  if  these  darling 
souls  are  lost,"  replied  the  angel  at  the  bed. 
"  The  father  is  a  drunkard  ;  the  son  may  be- 
come one,  too.  He  is  a  wayward  man,  does 
not  concern  himself  in  the  least  about  God 
and  His  holy  religion ;  his  son  may  follow 
his  bad  example.  Then  all  our  work  will  be 
useless,  and  the  poor  mother  must  deplore  the 
loss  of  one  or  both  of  her  children."  "  Indeed, 
mischief  and  sin  seems  to  be  born  in  the  boy  ; 
for  they  frequently  break  out  to  view  now,  and 
will  do  more  so  the  older  he  gets.  The  enemy 
knows,  too,  that  prospects  favor  him  ;  hence 
he  is  all  the  more  on  the  watch  to  clutch  these 
two  innocent  souls,  as  soon  as  the  occasion 
presents  itself." 

"  Perhaps  he  will  succeed,  alas ! — said 
the  Angel  companion  sadly.  "  Well,  let  us, 
at  all  events,  do  our  utmost  to  save  the  little 


230  ANGELS'  DIALOGUE  OK  NEW  YEAR'S  XIGIIT. 

ones.  Above  all,  we  must  unite  our  forces 
with  those  of  the  parents'  angels,  and  then 
constantly  work  on  theN  heart  of  the  straying 
father.  If  we  can  bring  him  back  to  a  better 
life,  the  prospect  will  be  more  favorable  and 
we  shall  have  reason  to  rejoice." 

With  these  last  words  the  vision  disappeared. 
Mr.  Hanilin  could  feel  almost  sensibly  how 
the  Angels  of  God,  his  own,  that  of  his  wife, 
and  those  of  his  two  children,  were  making 
with  united  force  an  assault  to  capture  and 
change  his  heart.  Grace  was  working  a  mira- 
cle, because  God  knew  that  this  was  the  hour 
when  the  poor  sinful  man  would  respond  to 
His  call. 

For  a  few  minutes  the  father  stood  immov- 
able, as  if  stunned  by  what  he  had  seen  and 
heard.  Never  before  had  it  been  put  before 
his  eyes  so  clearly,  how  precious  a  soul  is,  as 
this  New  Year's  night,  when  he  saw  the  vision 
of  the  angels,  and  heard  what  they  said.  He 
then  raised  his  right  hand  towards  the  starry 
heavens,  as  if  he  were  about  to  make  a  solemn 
promise. — And  he  did  promise  :  "  O  God, 
what  a  careless  father  I  ana  !  Thou  hast  given 
me  four  souls,  that  I  must  help  to  save — my 
own,  that  of  a  loving  wife,  and  those  of  my  two 


AXGELS-'  DIALOGUE  ON  NEW  YEARNS  NIGHT. 


little  children.  Being  a  drunkard  and  a  father 
unmindful  of  my  holy  religion,  I  have  neglect- 
ed to  care  for  myself  ;  and  if  I  continue  to  do 
so,  I  may  lose  myself  and  those  entrusted  to 
my  care  —four  precious  souls  !  God  of  mercy  ! 
This  night  shall  see  me  an  altered  man.  Never 
more  shall  even  a  drop  of  liquor  pass  my  lips, 
and  as  soon  as  the  morning  dawns  I  will  go  to 
make  a  good  confession,  and  thus  commence  a 
better  life,  the  life  of  a  good  Catholic,  this 
•first  day  of  the  new  year.  This  is  my  promise: 
-help  me,  O  God,  with  Thy  all-powerful 
grace,  that  I  may  keep  it  and  persevere." 

After  this  he  entered  the  house.  His  wife 
awoke,  and  imagine  her  surprise  to  see  her 
husband  come  home  with  his  senses  sober, 
something  he  had  not  done  for  many  a  year. 
And  how  kind  he  was  that  night,  asking  her  to 
forgive  him  for  coming  home  so  late,  and  prom- 
ising that  he  would  try  hard,  from  now  on,  to 
make  her  happy.  He  stood  awhile  to  gaze  on 
his  little  ones  ;  then  he  told  his  wife  that  they 
would  retire  to  rest.  He  embraced  her  fondly, 
and  her  heart  almost  burst  with  joy  ;  for  she 
felt  that  God  was  working  a  change  in  the  heart 
of  her  husband,  though  she  knew  not  how  and 
why. 


232  ANGELS'  DIALOGUE  ON  NEW  YEAR'S  NIGHT. 

The  next  morning,  before  Mr.  Hanilin  went 
to  confession,  lie  told  Hannah,  Lis  wife,  of  the 
vision  he  had  seen  last  night,  and  that  he  was 
resolved  to  amend  his  life,  and  become  a  good 
husband  and  father.  He  kept  his  word  :  and 
the  consequence  was,  he  felt  happy,  and  saw 
about  himself  a  family  as  happy  as  he  could 
wish  it.  More  than  all — the  prospect  for  eter- 
nity was  brighter,  too  ;  for  if  parents,  especially 
the  father,  take  the  lead  by  giving  a  good  ex- 
ample, the  children  will  naturally  follow. 

Would  that  this  might  move  one  or  other 
wayward  parent  to  return  to  God,  before  it  is 
too  late,  and  to  make  the  family  happy. 
"  To  day,  when  you  hear  My  voice,  harden  not 
your  hearts,"  says  God. 

Thus  ends  the  story  about  the  "  Angels' 
Dialogue  on  New  Year's  Night." 


«9 


i. 

.  i,Y  readers  have  often,  probably,  read 
stories  about  giants,  so  that  it  will  be 
nothing  new  to  them  to  read  or  hear 
one  more.  These  giant  stories  are  all  very 
pleasant,  as  you  will  remember  even  from 
Bible  History,  when  you  read  of  the  giant 
Goliath.  What  a  braggart  he  was!  "Am  I 
a  dog,"  said  he  to  little  David,  "  that  tliou 
comest  to  me  with  a  staff?  Come  to  me,  and 
I  will  give  thy  flesh  to  the  birds  of  the  air,  and 
to  the  beasts,  of  the  earth."  Yes,  indeed,  the 
big-mouthed  hero  !  The  shepherd  boy  knocked 
him  down  with  a  stone  and  cut  his  head  off. 

Here  comes  another  giant  story;  and  though 
I  would  not  warrant  it  to  be  as  true  in  all 
particulars  as  that  of  David  and  Goliath,  still, 
there  is  some  truth  in  the  story,  anyway, 
namely:  this  giant  did  live  in  reality,  and  he 
is  a  saint  in  the  Catholic  Church,  as  we  shall 


THE  LEGEXD  OF  ST.  CillilSTOPIIOKUS. 

see    farther     on ;    whereas    such     heroes     as 
1  Jack  the  Giant  Killer,"  together  with  all  the 
giants  he  so  bravely  killed,  are  only  irnagina-  * 
ry  persons. 

Well,  then,  the  giant!  Yon  all  know  who 
or  what  a  giant  is  ?  He  is  a  man  much  tall- 
er and  stronger  than  other  ordinary  men. 
Just  imagine  that  you  see  a  man  twelve  or 
fifteen  feet  tall,  twice  as  tall  as  a  common 
sized  man ;  think  of  his  broad,  heavy-set 
body,  his  huge  head,  his  thick,  strong  legs,  al- 
most elephant  like,  his  long,  powerful  arms  and 
hands  ;  in  short,  all  in  proportion  to  the  height 
of  his  body,  and  you  have  a  pretty  fair  idea  of 
a  giant. 

Well,  to  begin  with  our  story,  there  was 
such  a  giant  once,  many  hundred  years  ago, 
and  a  mighty  man  he  was,  fully  twelve  feet 
high,  strong  and  powerful.  He  was  a  heathen, 
and  had  a  very  heathenish  name — Eeprobus, 
the  reprobate.  This  giant  was  very  proud  of 
himself,  as  naturally  almost  anybody  would  be, 
if  he  were  such  a  giant.  He  had  something  of 
the  nature  of  Goliath  ;  he  thought  himself  the 
strongest  and  mightiest  man  in  the  world,  and 
that  none  could  surpass  him  in  deeds  of 
strength  and  valor.  He  went  about  displaying 


THE  LEGEND  OF  ST.  CHRISTOPHORUS.         235 

his  strength  in  all  kinds  of  exploits. — Repro- 
bus  the  giant ! 

But  one  clay  he  took  up  a  most  curious 
notion.  He  thought  by  himself :  I  am  the 
biggest  and  strongest  man  on  earth.  If  I  want 
to  serve  somebody,  is  it  not  becoming  for  me 

tv     '  CJ 

to  hunt  up  the  mightiest  and  most  powerful 
king,  and  tender  him  iny  services  ?  Why,  cer- 
tainly, the  biggest  man  ought  to  serve  the 
biggest  king. — 

"  The  strongest  man  I  am,  a  giant! 
No  one  like  me,  I  hear  them  tell. 
Out  I  go  to  search  the  countries, 

Till  a  king  doth  suit  me  well. 
The  mightiest  lord  of  all  the  earth 

Shall  have  my  service;  only  he, 
At  whose  name  whole  nations  tremble — 

A  giant  king— the  giant's  lord  alone  shall  be.  " 

And  out  he  went,  Reprobus  the  giant,  to 
wander  through  the  world  in  search  of  the 
mightiest  king.  He  walked  about  for  a  long 
time,  and  passed  through  many  countries. 
Often  he  was  told  :  "  Here  is  the  mightiest 
king,"  and  again,  "No  there  he  is."  -Just  as 
it  will  be  on  the  last  day.  "  Lo,  here  is  Christ," 
or  "  there  He  is." — But  Reprobus  was  not  so 
quick  in  believing  all  he  heard  ;  he  went  to  ex- 
amine, and  he  found  that  these  were  only  petty 


#30         THE  LEGEXD  OF  ST.   CH  KISTOPHORUS. 

lords,  not  at  all  worthy  the  service  of  such  a 
famous  giant. 

At  last  he  heard  of  one  about  whom  all 
agreed  that  he  was  the  mightiest  king.  Repro- 
bus  went  to  see.  The  king,  he  had  to  own, 
was  a  majestic  man  ;  and  everybody  that  came 
near  him  was  over-awed.  The  king's  palace 
was  splendor  itself,  and  the  greatest  pageantry 
round  about  the  throne;  innumerable  almost 
were  the  officers  and  other  persons  belonging 
to  the  court.  This  monarch  held  powerful 
sway  over  many  foreign  nations,  who  would 
pay  in  their  tribute  most  readily  and  with  all 
marks  of  humble  suppliance. 

This  was  the  man  for  Eeprobus.  He  showed 
more  power  in  his  little  finger  than  all  the  other 
petty  kings  did  together  ;  and  he  concluded  to 
enlist  in  his  service.  The  king  was  glad  to  re- 
ceive the  giant  among  his  court,  and  you  may  be 
sure  he  felt  proud  at  having  him  in  his  service 
No  one,  he  was  certain,  would  dare  to  approach 
him  with  evil  intent,  as  long  as  such  a  power- 
ful giant  was  near  to  guard  and  protect  him. 

All  went  well.  Beprobus  was  the  king's 
most  reliable  servant,  and  felt  highly  pleased, 
yes,  even  proud,  of  being  in  the  service  of  such 
a  master,  But — 


THE  LEGEND  OF  ST.   CHRISTOPHORUS.         237 

"Once  a  minstrel,  so  goes  the  story, 
.  Entered  the  hall  to  play  and  sing, 
And  while  a  banquet  the  court  was  having, 

With  harp  and  song  he  amused  the  king. 
His  ballads  told  of  deeds  of  valor, 

And  much  he  knew  of  Satan's  might: 
The  king,  on  hearing  the  Devil  mentioned, 

Blessed  himself,  which  surely  was  right." 

But  not  so  thought  the  giant.  In  his  blunt, 
straight-forward  way  he  asked  :  "  Lord  king, 
what  sign  was  that,  and  what  did  you  mean  by 
it  ?  " 

"It  is  the  sign  of  the  cross,"  replied  the 
king.  "  If  I  make  it,  the  Devil  must  flee  and 
can't  hurt  me." 

"The  Devil?  Who  is  the  Devil?"  again 
asked  Reprobus. 

"  It  is  Satan,  the  Evil  Spirit,  the  prince  of 
darkness,  who  is  always  after,  us,  trying  to 
hurt  us,"  said  the  king. 

"  Then  there  is  one  still  stronger  than  your- 
self, one  that  can  hurt  you? — King,  I  can't 
serve  you  any  longer."  I  must  seek  him, 
whom  you  call  Satan  or  Devil,  and  offer  him 
my  services." — 

So  spoke  the  heathen  giant.  The  king  tried 
in  vain  to  retain  him.  He  showed  him  how 
ridiculous  and  even  how  wicked  it  is  to  hunt 


238         THE  LEGEND  OF  ST.  CII IUSTOPIIORUS. 

up  Satan  for  the  purpose  of  serving  him.  But 
what  did  Reprobus  know  about  the  Devil  ? 
-He  heard  the  king  say  that  Satan  had  the 
power  to  injure  him,  the  mightiest  king  on 
earth  ; — hence  he  must  be  a  king  more  pow- 
erful than  his  present  master ;  and  having 
decided  to  serve  the  mightiest  king,  he  de- 
termined to  change  masters.  Forthwith  he 
left  the  king's  palace,  and  went  out  to  hunt  up 
the  devil. 

Dear  readers,  for  the  present  we  will  let  the 
giant  go.  Bad  enough  that  he  went  out  to 
serve  the  evil  spirit !  A  little  instruction,  if 
taken,  would  have  kept  him  back.  But  he  was 
a  heathen,  and  a  giant  full  of  pride. 

A  word,  to  parents:  Every  child  born  to  the 
world,  and  reborn  "  of  the  water  and  the  Holy 
Ghost,"  is  a  giant  too, — not  df  the  body,  but  of 
the  soul. — Read  again  "  The  Angels'  Dialogue 
on  New  Year's  Night,"  and  you  will  not  forget 
how  greaf,  and,  if  we  may  say  so,  GIANT  an  ob- 
ject a  child's  soul  is  in  the  eyes  of  God. 

Like  Reprobus  the  giant,  the  little  child 
wants  to  serve  the  mightiest  king.  The  dif- 
ference is:  This  heathen  went  out  HIMSELF  to 
hunt  his  master ;  he  relied  on  his  OWN  SENSE 
of  judgment  to  find  out  which  is  the  mightiest 


THE  LEGEND  OF  ST.  CHHISTOPHOBUS.          239 

king  ;  whereas  the  child,  with  its  precious  soul, 
must  BE  LED  to  find  God,  to  love  Him,  and  to 
serve  Him  as  the  mightiest  King, — and  led 
principally  by  the  parents  !  But  if  the  par- 
ents themselves  are  not  serving  God,  how  can 
they  lead  their  children  to  do  so  ?  Children 
will  very  often  serve  the  very  same  master 
that  their  parents  served.  Christian  parents, 
fathers  and  mothers,  ask  yourselves  now: 
41  Whom  am  I  serving  ?  ' 

II 

Reprobus,  the  giant,  seeking  Satan.  Just 
think  of  that,  children,  how  strange  !  And  he 
hunted  a  long  while.  Not  knowing  what  kind 
of  a  fellow  the  Devil  is,  he  at  first  went  along 
the  public  roads,  the  highways,  thinking  that, 
since  these  roads  were  traveled  most,  and,  as 
he  was  told,  Satan  made  it  his  task  to  trouble 
and  hunt  everybody,  he  would  certainly  find 
him  there,  if  anywhere.  But  you  know  your- 
selves, children,  the  Devil  doesn't  come  around 
in  open  daylight,  so  that  everybody  can  see 
him.  Or  did  lie  ever  tempt  you  to  do  some- 
thing wicked,  when  your  parents  or  others 
might  be  around  to  watch  you  and  catch  you 
at  the  act?  Sometimes,  indeed,  the  Devil 


240         THE  LEGEND  OF  ST.  CHKISTOPHOBUS. 

does  "go  about  like  a  roaring  lion,  seeking 
whom  ho  may  devour; '  but  generally  he 
avoids  the  highways,  for  fear  of  being  seen  and 
detected.  He  likes  it  best  to  ptowl  about  in 
dark  by-ways,  and  he  gets  plenty  of  victims 
there  ;  for  those  that  want  to  sin  leave  the 
public  highways,  and  go  off  into  the  dark.  No 
wonder,  therefore,  that  Eeprobus  could  not 
find  the  Devil. 

At  last,  being  nearly  wearied  out,  and  al- 
most despairing  of  ever  finding  Satan,  he 
turned  off  and  entered  a  by-road.  And  now  it 
did  not  take  long  to  find  him.— 

"Behold,  one  night  ('twas  dark  as  pitch) 

Twelve  knights  came  riding  on  with  speed, 
And  in  their  midst,  as  black  as  Hell, 

Sat  one  erect  on  fiery  steed. 
A  bunch  of  feathers,  red  as  fire, 

From  his  helmet  waved  in  air, 
And  his  charger's  hoof  struck  flames, 

That  lit  the  night  and  made  it  glare." 

Boldly  Reprobus  stepped  out  into  the  road; 
and  the  wild  troop  came  to  a  halt. — "  Who  are 
you  ?  '  asked  the  giant. 

"  I  am  the  Prince  of  Darkness,  and  these 
are  my  companions." 

"  And  whither  are  you  going  ?  ' 
We  are  out  on  our  nightly  tour,  making 


THE  LEGEXD  OF  ST.  CHKISTOPHORUS.          241 

booty,  and  taking  prisoners  for  my  kingdom." 

"  You  look  rather  formidable  !  ' 

"I  am  the  mightiest  king  in  the  world." — 
(The  Devil  told  a  big  lie  here,  didn't  he  chil- 
dren ?  "  WHO  is  LIKE  GOD  ?  "  said  St.  Michael.) 

"  I  am  Eeprobus,  the  famous  giant." 

"  I  know  it." 

"  You  are  the  Prince  of  Darkness,  also  called 
Satan  or  Devil  ?  ' 

"  Just  as  you  say." 

"  Will  you  accept  my  services  ?  I've  been 
seeking  you  for  a  long  while." 

"  I  know  you  have,  but  not  on  the  right 
road. — I  came  this  way  to-night  on  purpose  to 
meet  with  you.  You  are  welcome  to  my  ser- 
vice, and  I  shall  be  proud  to  number  such  a 
famous  giant  among  my  followers.  Get  a  horse 
to  suit  yourself  and  follow  me.  You  will  find 
me  a  kind  and  indulgent  master— (yes,  indeed  1) 
and  a  mighty  lord.  I  will  rely  on  your  giant 
strength  and,  accordingly,  I  expect  giant  deeds 
of  war  and  fighting.  Work  bravely; — I  will  in 
time  give  you  due  reward." — (Good  God  !  what 
a  reward  would  the  giant  get  ?) 

Eeprobus  soon  had  a  horse,  and  a  powerful 
fellow  he  was,  just  the  horse  he  wanted.  And 
thus  he  joined  Satan's  band. 


THE  LEGEND  01?  ST.  CHEISTOPHOEUS. 


A  wild  life  he  now  led,  roaming  about  all 
over  the  country,  to  the  terror  of  everybody. 
Satan  was  highly  pleased  and  prided  himself 
ever  so  much  on  his  precious  acquisition, - 
the  powerful,  heathen  giant.  Reprobus  soon 
found  how  mighty  a  king,  indeed,  Satan  is  ; 
and  the  wild  life  in  his  new  master's  service 
was  just  what  a  giant  like  himself  desired. 
But,  thank  God,  things  soon  took  another 
turn. 

"  One  night,  while  on  their  hidden  ways 

The  Prince  of  Hell  his  band  was  leading, 
They  met  a  cross  quite  unawares, 

With  Jesus  crucified  and  bleeding. 
As  soon  as  Satan  saw  the  cross, 

In  trembling  fear  he  took  to  flight, 
And  after  him,  with  cries  of  terror, 

His  followers  all  fled  through  the  night." 

Reprobus  fled,  too,  though  he  knew  not  why. 
He  had  to  spur  his  steed  till  the  beast  almost 
grew  furious,  and  in  spite  of  this  could  hardly 
keep  up  with  his  fleeing  master.  At  last, 
coming  up  with  him,  he  demanded  :  "  Master, 
what  does  this  sudden  turn  and  hurrying  off 
signify  ?  ' 

"  The  cross  ! '    gasped  the  Devil. 

"That  sign  by  the  wayside?  What  of 
that? — It  is  only  a  piece  of  wood." 


THE  LEGEKD  OF  ST.   CHRISTOPHORUS.        243 

"  Only  a  piece  of  wood  !  Don't  you  know 
who  is  hanging  on  that  piece  of  wood  ? 

'  Some  wicked  criminal,  I  presume,  dying 
for  his  crimes." 

"  No,  indeed ! '  answered  Satan  in  the  ut- 
most fury.  "  It  is  Jesus  Christ.  I  instigated 
men  to  nail  Him  to  the  cross ;  but,  woe  to 
me !  when  He  died  He  broke  my  power, 
and  ever  since  I  have  to  flee  before  the 


cross.' 


;Who  is  this  Jesus  Christ? — and  how  could 
He  break  your  power  when  He  died  ?  ' 

"  He  is  true  God  and  true  man,  my  Lord 
and  Master.  After  His  death,  He  rose  again 
to  life.  Against  Him  goes  all  my  warring, 
but,  oh!  I  am  weakened  in  power." 

Thus  spoke  the  Devil  with  a  hollow  voice. 
(Who  forced  this  confession  from  him  ?) 

"  One  mightier  than  you  ?  '  asked  the  giant, 
surprised  at  the  unexpected  confession.  "  Lord 
Satan,  I  can't  stay  with  you  any  longer. 
I  must  hunt  up  Him  whom  you  call  Jesus 
Christ,  true  God  and  true  man ;  He  shall  be 
my  Lord  and  Master  ;  Him  will  I  serve." 
And  without  another  word  the  giant  turned 
and  left  the  Devil's  service. 

"  Another   servant    gone !  '    and    the  Devil 


THE  LEGEND  OF  ST.  CHRISTOPHOEUS. 


gnashed  his  teeth  in  fury.  "  Cursed  be  the 
Nazarean  for  this  work  !  ' 

Let  us  stop  here  again,  just  a  little.  Dear 
readers,  large  and  small,  you  have  heard  how 
proud  the  Devil  felt  of  having  such  a  giant  in 
his  service.  A  giant  can  do  a  giant's  work. 

Satan,  in  our  days,  is  out  hunting  his  prey  — 
precious,  immortal  souls  —  with  as  untiring  a 
zeal  as.  ever.  He  lost  heaven,  and  out  of 
hatred  to  God  he  wants  to  keep  as  many  of 
us  as  possible  from  taking  his  place.  —  Who 
can  doubt  that  many  children,  even  when  quite 
small,  are  entrapped  by  Satan,  because  of 
their  parents  lacking  in  watchfulness  ?  Is 
this  only  a  dream,  or  a  trite  saying,  because  so 
often  repeated?  —  Would  to  God,  it  were  so  ! 
I  have  just  before  me  a  book  treating  on 

The  Most  Important  for  Parents,  Teachers, 
and  Guardians  of  Youth,  consequently  also  for 
Pastors."  I  wish  I  could  place  this  book  in 
the  hands  of  every  parent,  and  then,  when  they 
have  all  read  it,  let  one  say  that  it  is  not 
important. 

If  parents  are  not  thoroughly  religious, 
sound,  earnest-minded  Catholics  ;  if  they  have 
no  control  over  their  passions,  but  give  them 
free  vent,  just  as  they  desire  it,  and  thus  serve 


THE  LEGEND  OF  ST.  CHRISTOPHOKUS.         245 

sin  in  many  ways,  what  will  become  of  the 
little  ones  ?  They  are  born  with  an  inclination 
to  the  sins  of  their  parents  ;  these  sins,  daily 
committed,  will  make  deep  impressions  on 
their  youthful  hearts.  Parents  being  given 
to  such  ways  are  naturally  careless  and  will 
not  watch  ;  they  will  not  see  the  dangers  to 
which  their  children  are  exposed  ;  and  hence 
they  will  not  warn,  correct,  or  punis-h  them, 
when  it  ought  to  be  done  : — and  what  follows 
from  all  this  ?  Many  children  get  into  the 
fangs  of  Satan,  even  when  very  young,  by 
means  of  their  own  parents,  and  afterwards 
will  be  powerful  instruments  in  misleading 
others.  Being  giants  in  sin,  they  do  a  giant's 
work  in  the  Devil's  service. — Hence,  dear 
father  and  mother,  the  question  so  important 
for  you  to  ask  and  answer  :  "  Whom  am  I 

•          O   " 

serving: 

III. 

Beprobus  wandered  about  for  a  long  time, 
searching  for  the  mighty  King  called  Jesus 
Christ,  the  Crucified ;  but  since  the  whole 
world  nearly  was  still  pagan,  sunk  in  idol- 
atry, nobody  could  tell  him  where  to  find 
Jesus  Christ. 


24:6         THE  LEGEND  OF  ST.  CHRISTOPHORUS. 

One  evening,  much  wearied  by  the  day's 
journey,  he  came  to  a  thin,  lonely  woods, 
and  in  it  he  found  a  hut,  with  an  old,  vener- 
able-looking man  (one  of  the  early  hermits,  I 
suppose)  living  in  it.  He  asked  the  hermit  to 
let  him  pass  the  night  near  his  hut  in  the  woods, 
for  he  was  very  tired  from  walking  so  far. 

The  hermit,  at  first  surprised,  almost  fright- 
ened, at  seeing  before  him  such  a  giant,  strong 
enough  to  carry  his  little  hut  with  himself  in 
it  away  on  his  shoulders,  asked  him  where  he 
came  from,  whither  he  was  going,  and  what 
was  his  occupation. 

"  I  am  seeking  a  King  called  Jesus  Christ," 
answered  the  giant,  "  and  though  I  learned  for 
sure  that  He  is  the  mightiest  King,  I  can't 
find  Him,  nobody  knows  where  He  is." 

The  hermit  looked  surprised,  then  a  smile 
lit  his  venerable  face.  "  Thank  this  mighty 

*.  j         \j 

King  you  are  seeking,  my  friend,"  said  he, 
<£  for  He  has  guided  you  at  last  to  a  place 
where  you  can  be  taught  to  know,  love,  and 
serve  Him." 

"  Do  vou,  then,  know  the  King   called  Jesus 

*j  *  <^j 

Christ?  '    asked  Reprobus  quickly. 

"  In  truth,  I  do,  and  can  tell  you  all  about 
Him.' 


(t 

il 

(t 


THE  LEGEND  OF  ST.  CHRISTOPHORUS.          247 

"  Is    it   the   one   called     the     Crucified  ? ' 

"  It  is. — He  died  on  the  cross  for  us." 

"  Did  He  overcome  a  certain  king  called 
Prince  of  Darkness,  Satan,  or  Devil,  when  He 
died  on  the  cross  ?  ' 

"  He  did.  By  His  death,  He  freed  us  all 
from  the  bondage  of  this  wicked  tyrant. —  On 
the  cross  He  broke  Satan's  power." 

Just   as  I   heard !  '    exclaimed  the   giant. 

And  is  this  Jesus,  the  Crucified,  living?  ' 

Yes.     After  three  days  He  rose  from  the 
grave,  in  sign  of  His  victory." 

"  Oh,  then  tell  me  all  about  Jesus  Christ, 
where  I  can  find  Him,  and  how  I  must  serve 
Him." 

The  hermit  first  asked  Reprobus  to  explain 
how  he  came  to  hear  of  Jesus  Christ,  the 
Crucified ;  and  the  giant  narrated  to  him  all 
the  adventures  he  had  passed  through  while 
searching  for  the  mightiest  king. 

"  Had  you  been  wise  and  more  humble," 
remarked  the  hermit,  after  having  heard  the 
giant's  story,  "  you  might  have  found  Jesus 
Christ  before  this.  Didn't  the  first  king  you 
were  serving  make  the  sign  of  the  cross,  as 
he  said,  in  order  that  Satan  might  not  hurt 
him '?  Had  you  asked  more  about  that  sign 


248        THE  LEGEND  OF  ST.  CHRISTOPHORUS. 

than  about  Satan,  you  would  even  then  have 
learned  all  about  Jesus  Christ.  Now,  my 
friend,  let  me  in  a  few  words  tell  you  about 
this  '  mightiest  King,'-  -T\Tho  He  is,  what  He 
did  for  us,  and  how  you  must  serve  Him." 

The  hermit  began.  He  told  him  about 
God— the  One  God  in  Three  Divine  Persons  ; 
how  God  created  the  angels,  and  how  they 
fell  ;  how,  then,  man  was  made,  to  take  the 
place  of  the  fallen  angels  ;  how  he  sinned, 
however,  and  lost  Paradise  ;  how  God  prom- 
ised a  Redeemer  and  that  after  four  thou- 
sand years  this  long-expected  Redeemer  came. 
Reprobus  next  learned  who  was  the  Mother  of 
Jesus,  and  where  He  was  born ;  how  He  lived, 
and  all  that  happened  to  Him  during  His 
life ;  how  much  good  He  did,  for  which  His 
own  people  nailed  Him  to  the  cross  ;  that, 
however,  after  three  days,  He  rose  again  from 
the  dead,  and,  after  establishing  His  Church, 
ascended  into  heaven,  whence  He  would  one 
day  come  again  to  judge  the  world. 

The  saintly  old  man  told  him  all  at  full 
length,  just  as  children  are  taught  in  their 
catechisms  ;  for  though  Reprobus  was  a  giant 
of  body,  he  was  a  child  as  to  religion,  and 
the  instruction  lasted  for  several  hours. 


THE  LEGEND  OP  ST.  CHUISTOPHORUS.         249 

With  profound  reverence  he  listened  to  the 
words  flowing  from  the  hermit's  lips.  "  How 
great  and  powerful  is  this  God !  '  said  the 
giant.  "  How  merciful  towards  us  poor  un- 
worthy creatures,  to  send  His  only  Son  to  save 
us  !  Now  I  see  why  the  hatred  of  Satan  is  so 
great,  and  why  he  flees  before  the  cross." 

"  Yes,  mighty  is  the  Lord  our  God, 

The  world  proclaimed  His  sovereign  power. 
From  pole  to  pale  He  governs  all, 

Most  distant  star,  the  lowest  Mower. 
And  God,  in  His  decrees  of  mercy, 

Hath  sent  to  us  His  only  Son, 
Who  from  the  devil's  bondage  freed  us, 

And  back  for  God  His  creatures  won. 
We  may  "again  call  God  our  Father, 

And  Jesus  is  our  loving  Friend. 
If  here  we  truly  love  Him,  serve  Him, 

He  gives  us  heaven  in  the  end." — 

Thus  sang  the  hermit  in  holy  rapture. 

"  "What  must  I  do  to  serve  Jesus  the  Cruci- 
fied ? '  asked  Reprobus. 

•'You  must  follow  the  example  of  this  same 
Jesus,  your  Master,"  replied  the  hermit. 
"  You  must  lead  a  life  of  mortification.  You 
must  pray,  watch,  and  fast." 

"  Pray,  watch,  and  fast !     What  is  that  ?  ' 

The  hermit  explained  in  a  few-words, — and 


THE  LEGEND  OF  ST.   CHRISTOPHORL'S. 


riglit  off  the  giant's  countenance  fell.--"  If 
you  know  of  no  better  way  for  me  to  serve  this 
mightiest  of  kings,  venerable  sir,  then  I  must 
give  up  the  idea  of  serving  him  altogether. 
I  know  nothing  about  praying;  I  must  have 
my  full  sleep;  and  a  man  like  myself  cannot 
fast." 

"Well,  my  friend,"  said  the  hermit,  "I  do 
know  of  a  better  way  for  you  to  serve  your 
Master,  one  more  suited  to  a  giant.  Xot  far 
from  here  there  is  a  pretty  large  stream,  over 
which  there  is  no  bridge.  Just  now  there  is 
also  no  one  to  carry  the  wanderers  over,  when 
they  want  to  cross  from  bank  to  bank.  This 
is  the  work  for  you.  Go  you.  and  build  a  hut 

«,'  B/ 

on  the  bank  of  the  stream,  and  in  all  humility, 
out  of  love  to  Jesus  crucified,  carry  every  one 
across  that  calls  upon  you."  -With  this  Be- 
probus  was  satisfied,  and  thus  both  retired  for 
the  night. 

The  next  morning  they  built  a  suitable  habi- 
tation on  one  of  the  banks  of  the  river,  and 
after  having  appointed  a  certain  time  of  the 
day  for  his  disciple  to  come  over  for  further 
instructions,  the  hermit  returned  to  his  own 
little  hut. 

Reprobus  was  well  pleased  with  his  new  em- 


THE  LEGEND  OF  ST.   CHRISTOPHOBUS.         251 

ploymeni  Daily  lie  learned  more  about  the 
great  God  lie  was  serving,  and  the  oftener  he 
conversed  with  his  teacher,  the  stronger  grew 
his  love  for  Jesus,  his  Saviour. 

One  dark,  stormy  night  the  giant  was  sit- 
ting in  his  spacious  hut,  listeniDg  to  the  wind 
as  it  was  howling  over  the  river  banks,  and  in 
the  woods  near  by.  All  at  once  he  thought  he 
heard  a  child's  voice  outside.  No,  it  was  only 
the  storm  moaning  about  his  hut.  But  now 
he  hears  the  voice  again.  Up  he  starts  and 
steps  out,  and  there,  on  the  bank,  he  sees  a 
child,  a  little  boy  of  not  more  than  four  years, 
waiting  to  be  carried  across.  "  Please,  sir, 
take  me  across  the  river." 

"  "Why,  my  child,  what  can  you  want  across 
the  river  such  a  night  as  this  ?  Where  are 
you  from,  and  how  did  you  get  here  ?  ' 

"  Don't  ask,"  said  the  child  kindly,  "  but 
take  me  over." 

Keprobus,  mindful  of  the  words  of  his  in- 
structor, "  never  to  ask,  but  willingly  to  take 
each  wanderer  over,"  got  his  staff  (the  rough, 
torn-off  branch  of  a  tree,  by  the  way),  and 
softly  taking  the  child  on  his  shoulders,  he 
fearlessly  stepped  into  the  stream. 

When  he  came  near  the  middle  of  the  river.. 


252         THE  LEGEND  OF  ST.   CHRISTOPHORUS. 

he  perceived  that  the  water  was  rising  on 
him — it  was  coming  higher  and  higher.  At 
the  same  time  the  child  on  his  shoulders  was 
getting  heavier.  Large  drops  of  sweat  stood 
on  his  brow,  he  grew  unsteady,  and  feared  to 
lose  his  footing. 

"  O,  child  !  "  he  at  last  broke  forth  ;  "  what 
a  weight  yon  are  for  me  !  It  is  as  though  the 
whole  world  were  resting  on  my  shoulders." 

"  Not  only  the  whole  world,"  answered  the 
child's  sweet  voice  ;  "  thou  art  carrying  Him 
who  made  the  world.  And  that  thou  mayest 
know  that  I  am  Jesus  Christ,  thy  Lord  and 
Master '  -so  saying  the  Child  dipped  the 
giant  under  water,  and  baptized  him,  calling 
him  Christophorus,  "  Christ-carrier  " — "  that 
you  may  believe,  and  be  true  to  Me,"  con- 
tinued the  Child,  "  when  you  leave  the 
river,  stick  your,  staff  into  the  ground ;  to- 
morrow you  will  find  it  green  and  full  of 
blossoms."  With  these  words  the  Child  dis- 
appeared. Reprobus,  now  Christophorus,  did 
as  the  Child  Jesus  had  told  him  :  he  stuck  his 
staff  into  the  ground  on  the  bank  of  the  river, 
and  the  next  morning  it  had  leaves  and  blos- 
soms. 

The  rest  of  the  giant's  story  is  short.    Chris- 


THE  LEGEND  OF  ST.  CHRISTOPHORUS.         253 

topliorus  continued  in  his  employment  at  the 
river  for  a  long  while  ;  and  the  hermit  was,  as 
yet,  his  best  friend,  his  guide  in  the  service  of 
God.  The  giant  was  faithful  to  the  end. 
Being  taken  prisoner  by  a  horde  of  wild  men, 
he  was  led  before  their  king,  and  refusing  to 
renounce  Christ  and  His  holy  religion,  he  was 
put  to  death.  We,  therefore,  venerate  him  as  a 
glorious  martyr  of  God — St.  Christophorus — 
each  year,  on  the  25th  of  July. 

Dear  readers,  when  does  the  giant  appear  to 
you  to  be  the  greatest  ?  He  was  the  proud 
vassal  of  an  earthly  king  ;  he  then  became  the 
dread  follower  of  Satan  ;  but  lastly  he  hum- 
bled his  pride,  and  became  the  faithful  servant 
of  Christ.  Humility  obtained  for  him  the  sin- 
gular favor  of  being  permitted  to  carry  the 
Child  Jesus  on  his  shoulders. 

"  Whosoever,  therefore,  shall  humble  himself 
as  a  little  child,  he  is  the  greatest  in  the  king- 
dom of  heaven"  (Matt,  xviii.  4). 


THE  END. 


PUBLICATIONS 


OF 


P.  J.  KENEDY, 

Excelsior    Catholic    Publishing-  Mouse, 

5  BARCLAY  ST.,  NEAR  BROADWAY,  NEW  YORK, 

Opposite  the  Astor  House 


Adventures  of  Michael  Dwyer $1  OO 

Adelitiar  the  Templar.    A  Tale 4O 

Ballads,  Poems,  and  Songs  of  William  Col- 
lins   '. 1  OO 

Blanche.     A  Tale  from  the  French 4O 

Battle  of  V entry  Harbor 20 

Bibles,  from  $2  50  to 15  OO 

Brooks  and  llnyhes  Controversy. 7«> 

Butler9 s  Feasts  and  Fasts 1  25 

Blind  Ay nese.    A  Tale 5O 

Butler's  Catechism 8 

"                   "           with  Mass  Prayers 3O 

Bible  History.     Challoner 5O 

Christian  Virtues.     By  St.  Liguori 1  OO 

Christian's  Rule  of  Life.    By  St.  Liguori 3O 

Christmas  Xiyht's  Entertainments 6*0 

Conversion  of  Hatisbonne 5O 

Clifton  Tracts.    4  vols 3  OO 

Catholic  Offer  iny.     By  Bishop  Walsh 1  5O 

Christian  Perfection.     Rodriguez.     3  vols.      Only 

complete  edition 4  OO 

Catholic  Church  in  the   United  States.     By  J. 

G.  Shea.     Illustrated .' . . .  2  OO 

Catholic  Missions  amony  the  Indians 2  5O 

Chatea  n  Lescnre.     A  Tale 5O 

Conscience ;  or,  May  Brooke.     A  Tale 1  OO 

Catholic  Hymn-Booh 15 

Christian  Brothers9 1st  Book 13 

Catholic  Prayer-Books,  25c.,  50c.,  up  to 12  00 

5E?^™  Any  of  above  books  sent  free  by  mail  on  receipt  of    price.  A-jvnrs 

wanted  everywhere  to  sell  above  books,  to  whom  liberal  terms  will  be  given. 
Address 

P.  J.   K.E\EDY,   Excelsior  Catholic  Publishing  House, 
5  Barclay  Street,  Xeiv  York. 


Publications  of  P.  J.  Kenedy,  5  Barclay  St.,  N.  Y. 
Christian  Brothers9  2<l  Book  .........  ...........    $O  25 


4th      "    ...................  88 

Catholic  Primer  .................................  f> 

Catholic  School-Hook  ............................  25 

Cannon's  Practical  Speller  .....................  25 

Carpenter's  Speller  ..............................  25 

Dick  Massey.     An  Irish  Story  .....................  1  OO 

Doctrine  of  Miracles  Explained  ..............  1  OO 

Doctrinal  Catechism  ............................  ~>O 

Douay                             ...........................  25 

Diploma  of  Children  of  Mary  ................  2O 

Erin  (jo  Brayh.     (Sentimental  Songster.)  ..........  ?."> 

El  Nuero  Tt-stamento.    (Spanish.)  ................  1  50 

Elevation  of  the  Soul  to  God  ...................  75 

Epistles  and  Gospels.    (Goffine.)  ..................  2  OO 

Eucharist  ica  ;  or,  Holy  Eucharist  ..................  1  OO 

End  of  Controversy.    (Milner.)  ...................  75 

El  Nuevo  Catecismo.    (Spanish.)  ..................  15 

El    Catecismo    de   la   Doctrina    Christiana. 

(Spanish  Catechism)  .............................  15 

El  Catecismo  Ripalda.    (Spanish)  ...............  12 

JFurniss'  Tracts  for  Spiritual  Headiny  .......  1  OO 

Fauyh  a  Hallayh  Comic  Sonyster  ............  25 

Fifty  Reasons  ...................................  25 

Following  of  Christ  .............................  ,~O 

Fash  ion  .     A  Tale.     35  Illustrations  .................  ~>O 

Fa  it  It  and  Fancy.     Poems.     Savage  ...............  ;.> 

Glories  of  Mary.     (St.  Liguori.)  ...................  1  ^5 

Golden  Hooh  of  Confraternities  ...............  5O 

Grounds  of-  Catholic  Doctrine  .................  25 

Grace's  Outlines  of  History  .....................  5O 

Holy  Euchnrist  .................................  1  OO 

Hoars  before  tfie  Altar.    Red  edges  .............  50 

History  of  Ireland.     Moore.     2  vols  ..............  5  OO 

O'Mahoncy  's  Keating  .......  4  OO 

Hay  on  Miracles  ..............  .  .................  1  OO 

JFaniiltons.     A  Tale  ...........  :  .................  5O 

History  of  Modern  Europe.    Shea  ..............  1  25 

Hours  with  the  Sacred  Heart  ..................  50 

Irish  National  Sonyster  ........................  1  OO 

Imitation  of  Christ  .......  v  .....  ................  40 

Catholic  Prayer-Books,  25c.,  50c.,  i(p  to   .....  12  00 

J  :W=°  Any  of  above  books  sent  free  by  mail  on  receipt  of  price.  Agents 

wanted  everywhere  to  sell  above  books,  to  whom  liberal  terms  will  be 

Address 

P.  J.  KENEDY,  Excelsior  Catholic  Publishing  House, 
5  JBat'clfiy  Street,  New  York. 


" 


Publications  of  P.  J.  Kenedy,  5  Barclay  St.,  N.  Y.  3 

Iris7i  Fireside  Stories,  Tales,  and  Let/ends. 

(Magnificent  new  book  just  out.)     About  400  pages 
large  12mo,  containing  about  40  humorous  and  pa- 
thetic   sketches.       12   fine    full-page    Illustrations. 
Slid  only  ~by  subscription.     Only  ...................   $1  OO 

Keeper  of  the  Lazaretto.     A  Tale  ...............  4O 

Kir  wan  Unmasked.     By  Archbishop  Hughes  .....  12 

King's  Daughters.     An  Allegory  ..................  75 

Life  and  Legends  of  St.  Patrick  ..............  1  OO 

Life  of  St.  Mart/  of  Egypt  .....................  6O 

"       Winefride  ...........................  6O 

Louis  .............................  4O 

Alphonsus  M.  Liguori  .............  75 

Ignatius  Loyola.    2  vols  ............  3  OO 

Life  of  Blessed  Virgin  ..................   .......  75 

Life  of  Madame  de  la  Peltrie  ..................  50 

Lily  of  Israel.    22  Engravings  ....................  75 

Life  Stories  of  Dying  Penitents  ................  75 

Love  of  Mary  .................................  5O 

Love  of  Christ  ....................................  50 

Life  of  Pope  Pius  IX.  ...............  .  ...........  1  OO 

Lenten  Manual  ..................................  50 

Lizzie  Maitland.     A  Tale  .........................  75 

Little  Frank.     A  Tale  ............................  50 

Little  Catholic  Hymn-Book  ........    ...........  1O 

Lyra  Catholica  (large  Hymn-Book)  .................  75 

Mission  and  Duties  of  Young  Women  ........  GO 

Maltese  Cross.    A  Tale  .................  ..........  4O 

Manual  of  Children  of  Mary  ..................  50 

Mater  Adniirabilis  ..........  .  .................  ,  .  1  50 

Mysteries  of  the  Incarnation.    (St.  Liguori.)....  75 

M  'tilth  of  November  .........     .  ..................  4O 

Month  of  Sacred  Heart  of  Jesus  ...............  50 

"    Mary  ...................................  50 

Manual  of  Controversy  ........................  75 

Michael  Dwyer.    An  Irish  Story  of  1798  ...........  1  OO 

Milner's  End  of  Controversy  ...................  75 

May  Brooke  ;  or,  Conscience.     A  Tale.  .  .  ,  ........  1  OO 

New  Testament  .................................  50 

Oramaika.    An  Indian  Story  .......................  75 

Old  Andreiv  the  Weaver  .........................  50 

Preparation  for  Death.     St.  Liguori  ...........  75 

Catholic  Flayer-Books,  25c.,  50c.,  up  to  .....  12  OO 

JgS?"  Any  of  above  books  sent  free  by  mail  on  receipt  of  price.  Agents. 
wanted  everywhere  to  sell  above  books,  to  whom  liberal  terms  will  be  given. 
Address 

P.  J.  KENEDY,  Excelsior  Catholic  Publishing  House, 
5  Barclay  Street,  New  York. 


4  Publications  of  P,  J,  Kenedy,  5  Barclay  St.,  N,  Y, 

Prayer.    By  St.  Ligiiori $O 

fapist  Misrepresented 

.Poor  Man's  Catech  ism 75 

Rosary  UooA'.     15  Illustrations 10 

JRome  :  Its  Churches,  Charities,  and  Schools.    By  Rev. 

Win.  II.  Neligan,  LL.D '. 1  OO 

Hodriytiez's    CJiristian    Perfection.      3    vols. 

OH/ i/  coincide  edition 4:  OO 

Rule  of  Life.    St.  Liguori 40 

Sure  Way ;  or,  father  and  Son 25 

Scapular  hooh 1O 

Spirit  of  St.  Liguori 75 

Stations  of  the  Cross.     14  Illustrations 1O 

Spiritual  Maxims.     (St.  Vincent  do  Paul) 4O 

Saintly  Characters.     By  Rev.  Win.  II.   Xeli^an, 

LL.'D i  oo 

Seraphic  Staff. 25 

Manual,  75  cts.  to 3  OO 

.Sermons  of  Father  llnrke,  plain 2  00 

gilt  edges.  3  OO 

ScJtm  id's  Exquisite  Talcs.    6  vols 3  OO 

8h  i  pa- reel:    A  Tale 5O 

Sa rafje's  Poems 2  OO 

Sybil :  A  Drama.     By  John  Savage 75 

Treatise  on,  Sixteen  Nantes  <  f  Irelaxl.     By 

Rev.  J.  O'Leary,  D.D 5O 

Two  Cottaf/es.     By  Lady  Fullcrton 5O 

Think  ft  ell  Oit'f.  *  Large  type 4O 

Thornberrt/ Abbey.     A  Tale 5O 

Three  Eleanors.    A  Tale 75 

Tt'ip  1o  France.    Rev.  J.  Donelan 1  OO 

Three  Kings  of  Cologne 3O 

Unirersftl  Header 50 

77s/<m  of  Old-  Andrew  the  Wearer 50 

Visits  to  the  Blessed  Sacrament 40 

Willy  Ke'dltf.     Paper  cover 50 

Way  of  the  Cross.     14  Illustrations 5 

Western  Missions  and  Missionaries 2  OO 

Walker's  Dictionary 75 

Young  Capti res.    A  Tale 50 

Youth's  Director 50 

Young  Crusaders.    A  Tale 50 


Catholic  Prayer-Bonks,  25c.,  5(V.,  np  to 12  00 

J£5f"  Any  of  above  books  sent  fr<v  by  m:v'l  on  recc-i;:r  of  ],-rico.  Agents 
vnntcd  everywhere  to  soil  above  books,  to  whom  liberal  terms  will  be  given, 
Address 

P.   J".   KFN^DY,  Excelsior  Catholic  Publishing  House, 
5  J5arcl<iy  Streit,  J^ctv  York, 


THE  NEW  YORK  PUBLIC  LIBRARY 
REFERENCE  DEPARTMENT 


This  book  is  under  no  circumstances  to  be 
taken  from  the  Building 


form  -110